Gieta

Mbok Berek

Jl. Prof.Dr.Soepomo, SH No.14, Jakarta Selatan 12870, ( Tutup Jam 4 sore hanya di bulan Puasa )
Opening time : 09:00 to 21:00

Jl. Metro Duta 5 & 6, - Pondok Indah - Jakarta Selatan, 0816941265:Agung
Opening time : 09:00 to 21:00



Choose Category :

Pilih Category Kode Item Harga (Rp) Jml
Makanan Utama
MB-01 Ayam Goreng Khas Mbok Berek Ny. Umi (1Ekor)
45,000
MB-02 Ayam Goreng Khas Mbok Berek Ny.Umi (1/2 Ekor
23,000
MB-30 Nasi Rames Istimewa
Nasi, 1/4 Ayam goreng, Krecek, Lalap, Buah, Krupuk, Sambal Khas Mbok Ny. UmiBerek. 27,000
MB-31 Nasi Rames Biasa
Nasi, Ati, Ampela, Krecek, Lalapan, Sambal Khas Mbok Berek. 17,000
MB-32 Nasi Gudeg Istimewa
Nasi, Gudeg, Krecek, Ayam, Telur, Tahu, Tempe Opor. 27,000
MB-33 Nasi Gudeg Biasa
Nasi, Gudeg, Krecek, Telur, Tahu, Tempe Opor. 19,500
MB-06 Gudeg Istimewa
Gudeg, Krecek, Ayam, Telur, Tahu, Tempe opor. ( Special Young Jackfruit Cooked Spicy Coconut ). 25,000
MB-07 Gudeg Biasa
Gudeg, Krecek, Tahu, Telur, Tempe Opor. (Young Jackfruit Cooked in spicy Coconut Milk). 20,000
MB-50 Ikan Gurame Goreng / Bakar
43,000
MB-40 Cah Kangkung
12,000
MB-43 Tahu Telur Goreng
12,500
MB-03 Ati / Ampela - (1 Porsi)
Isi 10 pcs. ( 5 Ati dan 5 Ampela ) 15,000
Ati / Ampela (Fried Chicken's Lever)
MB-04 Ati / Ampela - (1/2 porsi)
Isi 5 pcs 8,000
MB-08 Sambal Goreng Ati / Ampela Ayam - (Hanya Di TEBET)
Fried chicken's lever with chili sauce. 9,000
MB-09 Sambal Goreng Krecek
Fried cow's skin with chili sauce. 14,000
MB-10 Sambal Khas Mbok Berek Ny. Umi
Special chili sauce ala Mbok Berek Ny. Umi. 5,000
MB-11 Sambal Terasi
Specific hot chili sauce. 4,000
MB-20 Gado-Gado/Pecel
Indonesian mixed salad and vegetable with spicy peanut sauce. 10,500
MB-21 Emping Melinjo
7,500
MB-23 Sayur Asem
Sour vegetable soup ala Mbok Berek Ny. Umi. 8,000
MB-24 Sayur Lodeh
Vegetable soup in spicy coconut milk. 8,800
MB-25 Lalapan
Sour vegetable soup ala Mbok Berek Ny. Umi. 7,500
MB-26A Tahu / Tempe Bacem
Fried beancurd or tempe in Javanese style 3,000
MB-26B Tahu / Tempe Bacem - (4 Tahu & 4 Tempe )
Fried beancurd or tempe in Javanese Style 22,000
MB-26C Tahu / Tempe Goreng
3,000
MB-26D Tahu / Tempe Goreng - (4 Tahu & 4 Tempe)
(Isi : 4 Tahu Goreng & 4 Tempe Goreng) 22,000
MB-27 Tahu / Tempe Penyet
3,000
MB-34 Nasi Putih (Steamed Rice)
4,500
MB-35 Nasi Bakul Besar - ( 8-9 orang)
Rice big basket 28,000
MB-36 Nasi Bakul Sedang - ( 6-7 orang)
Rice medium basket 24,500
MB-37 Nasi 1/2 Bakul Sedang - ( 4-5 orang)
Rice 1/2 medium basket 17,000
MB-58 Ikan Bandeng Presto Goreng 1/4 kg
27,500
MAKANAN TAMBAHAN
MB-71 Nasi Goreng Ati / Ampela
16,000
MB-72 Nasi Goreng Pete
15,000
MB-73 Nasi Goreng Biasa
12,500
MB-74 Nasi Goreng Special
15,000
MB-80 Bumbu Kereng - ( Tepung AYAM )
3,500
MB-100 Buah Kombinasi - (Semangka,Melon,Pepaya)
7,500
Buah 1 porsi isi 3 jenis : Isi : Semangka, Melon,
0
MB-41 Pete Goreng/Bakar/Rebus
7,000
MB-42 Pete Telur Goreng
11,500
MB-51 Ikan Mas Goreng / Bakar
26,000
MB-52 Pepes Ikan Mas *
29,000
MB-53 Pepes Tahu *
7,500
MB-54 Pepes Pindang*
7,500
MB-55 Pepes Jamur *
7,500
MB-56 Botok - ( Teri / Tempe / Pare ) *
5,000
MB-57 Buntil*
*) Hanya di Tebet 5,000
Export options: Excel | PDF

PATH

Golden Sun: FAQ/Walkthrough by BF_Gamer
Version 1.0, Last Updated 2004-05-06 View/Download Original File
Hosted by GameFAQs
Return to Golden Sun (GBA) FAQs & Guides


# ### ### ##
/ /### / ### ##
/ / ###/ ## ##
/ ## ## ## ##
/ ### ## ##
## ## /### ## ### ## /## ### /###
## ## ### / ### / ## ######### / ### ###/ #### /
## ## /### / / ###/ ## ## #### / ### ## ###/
## ## / ###/ ## ## ## ## ## ## ### ## ##
## ##/ ## ## ## ## ## ## ######## ## ##
## ## # ## ## ## ## ## ####### ## ##
## # / ## ## ## ## ## ## ## ##
### / ## ## ## ## /# #### / ## ##
######/ ###### ### / ####/ ######/ ### ###
### #### ##/ ### ##### ### ###





#######
/ ###
/ ##
## #
###
## ### ## #### ### /###
### ### ## ### / ###/ #### /
### ### ## ###/ ## ###/
### /## ## ## ## ##
#/ /## ## ## ## ##
#/ ## ## ## ## ##
# / ## ## ## ##
/## / ## /# ## ##
/ ########/ ######/ ## ### ###
/ ##### ##### ## ### ###
|
\)

Golden Sun Walkthrough/FAQ Version 1.0
Created By BF_Gamer

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
Table of Contents
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
I. Version History {~VH}
II. Introduction {~INTRO}*
III. Game Basics {~GB}
3.1 Controls {~CTRL}
3.2 Characters {~CHAR}
IV. Contact, Credits, & Legal {~CCL}
V. Walkthrough {~WT}
5.01 The Attack of the Boulder {~501}
5.02 The Mystery of Sol Sanctum {~502}
5.03 The Quest Begins {~503}
5.04 Fighting the Tree {~504}
5.05 The LightHouse {~505}
5.06 The Flooded Town {~506}
5.07 The Evil Desert {~507}
5.08 The Colosso {~508}
5.09 Saving Hammet {~509}
5.10 The Tornado Monsters {~510}
5.11 The Venus LightHouse Part 1 {~511}
5.12 Crossbone Island (Optional) {~512}
5.13 The Venus LightHouse Part 2 {~513}
VI. Djinn {~DJ}*
6.1 Djinn Locations {~DL}*
6.2 Djinn Summons {~DS}
6.3 Djinn Setups {~DU}
VII. Items {~IT}*
7.1 Weapons {~WP}*
7.2 Armors {~AM}*
7.3 Artifacts {~ART}*
7.4 Game Items {~GI}*
VIII. Psynergy {~PS}
IX. Crossbone Island {~CBI}
X. Bosses {~BO}*
11.1 List {~BL}*
11.2 Weaknesses {~BW}*
11.3 Strategies {~BST}*
XI. Monsters/Enemies {~M/E}*
12.1 List {~ML}*
12.2 Weaknesses {~MW}*
12.3 Strategies {~MS}*
XII. Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) {~FAQs}
XIII. Send Option **SPOLIER WARNING** {~SO}
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
*=Not Yet Completed

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
I. Version History {~VH}
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
Version 1.0

Both of the parts of Game Basics were added (Controls and Characters)
All parts of walkthrough were added (Parts 5.01 - 5.13)
FAQs section was added.
Send Option was added

FAQ is about 75% complete I got tired of working on it so I will probably
finish it soon, please feel free to submit the information on any part that is
missing.

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
II. Introduction {~INTRO}
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
This is a FAQ that will cover all of the parts that you need to complete this
game. Each section will explain what it is and how it helps you. Each of the
characters names are used in their real name, not the name that you changed it
to. In this FAQ I will also guide you to where all of the Djinn are. If you
have any information that I don't have in here and you think will be good
information that should be here please email me to let me know what should be
added. I have split the game up into some sections. In those sections there
are Sub-Sections. If you feel a section is incomplete feel free to email me
the information that you think is needed.

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
III. Game Basics {~GB}
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
This section of the FAQ will tell you the basics of the game. Game Basics
include information about what the buttons do and what the charactes are in the
game.

+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=|3.1 Controls {~CTRL}|
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+

D-Pad: Allows you to select your choices on the screen

Menus/Battle/Conversation:
A: Yes/Next
L and R: Next
B: No/Back on Menu

Walking:
D-Pad: Move around the game
A: Talk To Someone/Menu
Select: Menu
Start: Save Menu
L and R: Set Psynergy Command
B: Run

These controls seem a little weird when you first start to use them, but as you
begin to play the game you will really start to like them.

+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=|3.2 Characters {~CHAR}|
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+

This section of the FAQ will give you information about all the characters in
the game. If you think that any other character should be added to here please
let me know.

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=

Name: Name of Character
Age: Age of the Character
Home: Where the Character is from
Element: Element of Character
Info: Gives Information about Character.

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=

Name: Isaac
Age: 17
Home: Vale
Element: Earth - Venus
Info: Isaac is the main character of the game that you play as. Isaac's Dad,
Kyle, died 3 years ago.

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=

Name: Garet
Age: 17
Home: Vale
Element: Fire - Mars
Info: Garet is Isaac's friend who joins Isaac on his adventure.

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=

Name: Ivan
Age: 15
Home: Kalay
Element: Wind - Jupiter
Info: You meet Ivan in the town of Vault because he lost Master Hammet's
Shaman's Rod.

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=

Name: Mia
Age: 17
Home: Imil
Element: Water - Mercury
Info: You meet Mia in the town of Imil where she takes care of the sick people.

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=

Name: Jenna
Age: 16
Home: Vale
Element: Fire - Mars
Info: Jenna is a friend of Isaac and Garet. Jenna's family was killed 3 years
ago. When she is in Sol Sanctum with Isaac, Garet, and Kraden she was
captured by Saturos and Menardi.

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=

Name: Felix
Age: 17
Home: Vale
Element: Earth - Venus
Info: Felix who is Jenna's was thought to be dead 3 years ago along with the
rest of his family. However, Felix was saved by Saturos and Menardi. In
Sol Sanctum Felix reveals himself to everyone so that Isaac and Garet
will know that Jenna is safe from Saturos and Menardi.

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=

Name: Alex
Age: Unknown
Home: Imil
Element: Water - Mercury
Info: Alex, Saturos, Menardi teamed together to so Saturos and Menardi could
light the Mercury Lighthouse.

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=

Name: Sheba
Age: 15
Home: Lalivero
Element: Wind - Jupiter
Info: She was held hostage so she could get Saturos, Menardi, Alex and Felix
into a future lighthouse.

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=

Name: Saturos
Age: Unknown
Home: Unknown
Element: Fire - Mars
Info: Saturos is one of the two main enemies in the game. While trying to enter
Sol Sanctum Menardi (More on Menardi later) caused the boulder to fall in
Vale. They are trying to light all of the Lighthouses. They are
accompanied by Felix and Alex. They have also kidnapped Sheba, Jenna,
and Kraden.

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=

Name: Menardi
Age: Unknown
Home: Unknown
Element: Fire - Mars
Info: Menardi is the other one of the main enemies in the game. Menardi is the
partner of Saturos.

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=

Name: Kraden
Age: Unknown (But pretty old)
Home: Tolbi (I think)
Element: ?
Info: Kraden is an old man that wants to know about Sol Sanctum. He studies
Alchemy. He teachers about Alchemy and all the other stuff he knows. He
really is amazed with the Elemental Stars. Kraden was kidnapped by
Saturos and Menardi while at Sol Sanctum examining the Elemental Stars.

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=

Name: Dora
Age: Unknown
Home: Vale
Element: Unknown
Info: Dora is Isaac's mother. Her husband, Kyle (More on him later) died three
years ago when the boulder fell, and he is very sad about it.

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=

Name: Kyle
Age: Unknown
Home: Vale
Element: Unknown
Info: Kyle is Isaac's father. Kyle died three years ago with all of Jenna's
family while trying to save Vale from the boulder.

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
IV. Contact, Credits, & Legal {~CCL}
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
Everything from this Golden Sun FAQ/Walkthrough was written and done by
BF_Gamer unless noted below. This is copyrighted to BF_Gamer. All characters,
graphics, music, and any other part of this game is copyrighted to Nintendo.

If you would like to contact me about anything in this FAQ feel free to do so,
with only one rule. That one rule is that you put Golden Sun FAQ in the
subject. If you fail to do so I will simply delete the email as if it were
junk. My email is BF_Gamer@yahoo.com DON'T FORGET THE RULE!

Thank you:
=-=Gearóid Moroney AKA Tetzcatlipoca for allowing me to use your Psynergy
Guide FAQ.
=-=Deadmeat X for allowing me to use your Crossbone Island FAQ
=-=Christopher Goss AKA aku chi for allowing me to use your Djinn Class Setup
Guide.

This FAQ is to only be on the following sites (if it is on another email me):
GameFAQs (Gamefaqs.com)

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
V. Walkthrough {~WT}
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=

+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=+
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-|5.01 The Attack of the Boulder {~501}|
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=+

Once you finally have control of Isaac head straight up the way Mom and Kyle
went. Go up the stairs and you will run into Garet. You will have a quick talk
with Garet. Start to head west like you are leaving then Garet will join you.
Continue to head up then to your left across the bridge. Once you are across
the bridge the boulder will start to fall. One of the villagers trying to stop
the boulder will tell you to keep going. Do so and head down the stairs and
west. Follow the only path you can until a guy talks to you.

After you are done talking to the villager head south. Go down the stairs. Be
careful now, because there are now monsters on the loose. They are weak, but
don't be stupid when fighting them, just kill them as quickly as possible.
Follow the path east to the next screen. Head south past the bridge then down
both of the stairs.

There will be a scence where Felix (Jenna's brother) is in the water and about
to die. The people around are trying to save him, but they can't so they go
to get help for him. Mom and Jenna go off to find help. Mom runs into you and
sends you to go help Jenna find some people.

Now head south under the bridge. Then go west up the stairs, then north a bit
and then east across the bridge. Head east to the next screen. Head east to
the first house then go south and down the stairs. Go down the next two sets
of stairs, too. Head south-west to find a guy standing by a rock that has
water around it. You will bump into guys talking.

You will run into Garet's Grandpa talking to a couple villagers. They will
leave then another villager will come in the screen saying his Psynergy has
been restored. Take him back the way you came to get back to where Felix is.
Everyone will stop as you are going over the bridge.

There is a quick scene where the boulder falls and takes out where Kyle and
Felix were.

Now, start heading back toward town. Garet will relize that you are leaving
and he will come after you. As you are heading back to town you will run into
two people. There will be a quick scene where the two people are talking.
They will find out that you are listing to what they are saying, so they get
into a fight with you.

You are now in a fight that you can't win... So, just fight and you will die
eventually. For you people who may be using a Game Shark, it won't help you,
because even if you do beat them they will still win. After losing the battle
you are left to die as the two people hop off. The title screen will come up.


+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=|5.02 The Mystery of Sol Sanctum {~502}|
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+
Three years later...

Isaac will be fixing up the roof of his house. Jenna will go talk to Garet who
is practicing his Psynergy. Jenna and Garet will go back to get Isaac to go to
Kraden's house to go mountain climbing.

Once you get control of Isaac head north up the stairs past Garet's house.
Continue to head north and go across the bridge. Go south down the stairs and
to the west to the next screen. Head west and you will run into those two
people who attacked you three years ago. After talking a bit they will let you
go. Now continue to head west and up the stairs to bump into Kraden.

Kraden will be talking to himself about what those two people named Saturos and
Menardi talked to him about. Walk up to Kraden and talk to him. There will be
a quick talk about what they are planning on doing.

Head back to where you crossed that bridge, and instead of going west go north
up those stairs. Then go to west. Once you get behind the tree a lady will
push you out. She won't let you go on the path. So, wait until she goes behind
the building and then go up the stairs and west. Head north to get the entrance
of Sol Sanctum. Head north and enter it.

+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=+
=-=-=The Legendary Sol Sanctum=-=-=
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=+

When you first enter Sol Sanctum Kraden will talk a bit. Once you have control
of Isaac head north to the next room. Go to the block to the far right and
take it all the way around to get across the water. Go through the door to the
next room. Follow this path all the way to the next room.

Go to the middle block and go into the middle area to find treasure chest that
has a Small Jewel in it. Head south back down the path you came. But when
you get to the blocks that are three wide. Head east then north to get to the
right path. Follow that path to a minotaur head on the wall that is missing
an eye. Examine it and use the item small jewel to fix it's eye. There will
be a shake, and head back down to the where you started in this room. Now,
take the far left path up to the left path. Follow it to the next room.

Kraden will talk a bit, then head north then east. You will see a statue that
has little gray dots around it. Those indicate that you can move it. Use move
Psynergy to move it either to the left or to the right. It will reveal a door.
Head north up the stairs.

Now, head east and then north. You will come to a + intercetion, go west to
get a small jewel. Go back to the + intercetion and go north. Take the first
path you can to the west and follow it to a door. Kraden will talk a little
bit more.

Now, head to the far left use Psynergy to move the statue and use the small
jewel on the minotaur. There will be a shake again. Go to the far right and
move the statue to go deeper into Sol Sanctum.

Once in the new room take the path going up to get to a T intercetion. At the
intercetion go west to get a herb. Then go east at that intercetion then as
soon as you can go north. There will be a quick talk, then go north-east to
get to a room with a picture of the moon in it. Yet again Kraden will talk a
bit.

After Kraden is done talking head south and follow the hallway to stairs
leading up. Go west to an intercetion and go south. You will go through a
door and a get a Psynergy Stone that is laying on the ground. Exit that room
and head north. Here you will find another picture of Luna. Go to the right
and move the statue onto the gray box. A beam of light will light up that
section.

There is a quick talk yet again with Kraden, so once you get control of Isaac
go west to get to the other room. Push the top right statue up onto the gray
box. Do the same with the top left statue. A hole will be revealed. Jump
onto the sun picture in the middle. Walk as far up as you can then use Move
Psynergy to move that statue toward you. Head back to the Luna room and move
one of the statues to the gray box. Kraden will quickly talk.

Now, move the rest of the statues to the gray boxes. Head back to where
Kraden is. Kraden will talk again.

Head west to the other room, and Kraden will notice how the floor is starting
to change. Go upto where the light is coming from the wall and examine it.

Everyone will go into this room that has the elemental stars. Kraden will
explain what they are and how they could possibly be used. Kraden will attempt
to get one of the stars but almost falls. So, Jenna says that Garet and Isaac
should go get them.

Go north-east and follow the path by jumping from platform to platform. Follow
the path going east. Follow the path all the way to the Venus Star. Some
platforms will start to pop up for you to go farther. Take the path back to
the part where you went east instead of north. Take the north path and then go
east to get to the Mercury Star. More platforms pop up. Now, go back to the
area where Kraden and Jenna are. Take the south path to get the Jupiter Star.

There will be a scene where Saturos and Menardi have Jenna and Kraden. Someone
will come into the screen in the middle, and it turns out it is FELIX! They
will force you to give them the elemental stars. Garet goes and gives the
elemental stars to one of Saturos and Menardi's friend Alex. They find out
that there are only three of them there, so they want the last one.

Head to the middle where everyone is, and take the north-east path and follow
the north path all the way around to the Mercury Star. The screen will start
to shake. Then the screen will show a rock. Saturos and Menardi will force
everyone to leave. The room starts to blow up, but the guardian will come up
to them and talk to them. He will release the Djinn. The guardin will send
Garet and Isaac out of the elemental room. Once you get control of Isaac exit
Sol Sanctum.

When you get out of Sol Sancutm a bunch of people will be infront of the
Sanctuary. There will be a long talk about what happened. Then there will a
decision that Isaac and Garet should have to go stopthe "lighthouses" from
being lit. The elemental stars are used to light the light houses which
release the power of Alchemy.

+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=|5.03 The Quest Begins {~503}|
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+

One day later everyone is starting gathered around the entrance of Vale to say
good bye to Garet and Isaac. When you finally leave head south. You will run
into a Djinn named Flint. Djinn are very important, and they will help to make
the game a little easier. Flint will teach you how to use Djinn, so be sure to
watch what Flint say.

Head south following the path and then go east to cross a bridge. After
crossing the bridge head south to get to a town. Just as you are about to
enter there will be a quick scene of Master Hammet and a bunch of covered
wagons who is trying to return to get back to his home town (Kalay), but the
bridge is broken. Then a guy talks about leaving Ivan behind. Master Hammet
talks about Ivan real quick about how he has these strange powers. A rock
falls and Hammet decides to head to Lupna. Once the scene is over you will be
in Vault.

+=-=-=+
=-=-=Vault=-=-=
+=-=-=+

If Isaac and Garet are badly injured make your way to the Inn which heals all
of HP and Psynergy. One of the first things you will want to do is visit the
shops. Go there and buy the latest weapons and armors (I won't tell you where
the shops are, because they are all have a picture with a sword, shield, and a
jar, so they are very easy to find).

Remember how Hammet said something about Ivan, how he had strange powers. Now,
it is time to try to find him. Head to the north-western part of Vault and go
up the stairs and enter the house. Head to the top part of the house and talk
to the blonde haired kid named Ivan. Ivan will read Isaac's mind and will ask
if Isaac and Garet will help him to find Hammet's rod. They will continue to
talk a bit more. Eventually Ivan will join Isaac and Garet.

The first thing to do since you will be using Mind Read Psynergy a lot is to
set it to L or R. To do that you press select and then select the Psynergy,
then go over to Ivan and press L then go down and select Mind Read. Now, when
you press L you will use Ivan's Mind Read.

Go to the Inn and go around the desk to find out that some people think that
the guests are theives. Now, read her mind, it seems a little weird. So, go
upstairs and go to the part of the room where the beds are to find the people
who are thought to be the theives. There will be a quick chat and the theives
will run away. Try to go after them but you will quickly find out that they
will get away. So, head like you are leaving the room. Isaac, Garet, and Ivan
will come up with a plan to go at them split up. Head back to the room to.
Garet will guard the exit and Ivan and Isaac will try to trap one of them. Try
to trap one in the top left corner. Once you got them trapped them Ivan will
read one of their minds.

After Ivan is done reading their minds Isaac, Garet, and Ivan will be outside
the room. By reading their minds Ivan learned that they are the theives and
they have stolen a lot of things, and they are hidden somewhere in the Inn.

Exit the Inn completly and you will notice that there is a ladder that leads up
to the roof and there is a hole there. Go up the ladder and in the hole. Go
to the right and using Move Psynergy move the block of wood to the left. Jump
over the hole there and go into the room. You will notice that there is a lady
that is tied up. Isaac, Garet, and Ivan will untie her and they talk about how
all of these boxes around them are the stolen things. The theives will come in
the room. After a quick talk Isaac, Garet, and Ivan will get into a fight with
the theives, your first boss in the game!!!

After teaching the theives a lesson the lady who was tied up will go get the
mayor and some guy to take away the theives. Ivan will read Isaac's mind and
learn about the quest that they are on. Then the mayor and some guys come in.
The guys will tie up the theives and they will take them away. Then the Mayor
will open the treasure chests to find his the stolen things. There will be one
more treasure chest that hasn't been opened. After they talk for a while Ivan
will go get Shaman's Rod. Ivan will leave and you should do the same. Exit
the hidden room and go to the room where you first met Ivan. That is the
Mayor's house. Talk to the Mayor to get some Water of Life.

+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=+
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-|5.04 Fighting the Tree {~504}|
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=+

You are now done in Vault, so leave Vault. Once you are outside of Vault head
east across a bridge. After crossing the bridge don't cross the bridge going
north but take the land going north and take the bridge that is going east.
You will see a cave, enter it to get on your way to Goma Cave.

+=-=-=-=-=+
=-=-=Goma Cave=-=-=
+=-=-=-=-=+

You will be at the entrance of Goma Cave. Follow the path, push the log over
two spaces and climb up the ladder. Once up the ladder go east and you will
find a hole that has a log on the other side of it. Use Move Psynergy and go
over it. Go up the ladder and follow the path. You will find a stump that is
coverd in vines. Try to use Move Psynergy to move it out of the way. However,
it won't work. Ivan will walk up and use his Whirlwind to get rid of the Ivy.
Now, Ivan will join your team and be with you for the rest of your quest. Use
Move Psynergy to move the stump. Then there will be more vines in your path.
Use Ivan's Whirlwind Psynergy to clear the vines.

You are now in Goma Cave. Follow the path north and eventually there will be a
log in the water that you can use to jump over it. After crossing the water go
south. Follow the path to a staircase and go up them. Go up the stairs to get
to the next area.

Go down the stairs infront of you. Go east and push the log that you will run
into all the way to the top east that you can. Then head back like you are
leaving and take the first path south as soon as you can. Go down across the
little bit of water and follow the path go down the stairs to the next area.

Follow the path around to a log in the water. Jump on it and across to the
other side. Then follow that path to the stairs going up. Follow that path to
a log that is on a platform. Move it by using Move Psynergy. Jump onto that
platform and go down and push the stump that is sitting there. Head back to
the log and push it back to where it was. Then get the Lucky Medal out of the
treasure chest. Now head back down the stairs that got you to this area.
That log that you now pushed down mad a little platform for you to jump across
the water. Jump across it and go up the stairs. Now, jump on the long and to
the platform where the Djinn is. Save right now before you fight it incase it
runs while you are fighting. You will get into a fight with the Djinn, but
after you win the Mars Djinn Forge will join you. The weird guy below will run
off. Now, go back across the log and go up the stairs to the north of you.

Follow the path around until you can't anymore. There will be a stump in the
way, so use Move Psynergy to move it out of the way. Jump across the hole and
go north. Go up the stairs and across the bridge, down the stairs, and exit
Goma Cave. Go east and you will enter Biliban.

+=-=-=-=+
=-=-=Biliban=-=-=
+=-=-=-=+

You will notice that there a person at the entrance that is a tree... Well,
head to the Inn if you need to, and be sure to buy the latest weapons and
armors. Then take the stairs going up in the north-eastern part of town.
Walk on the wooden logs around to the other side of town. Then head all the to
the north to find vines blocking your way. Use Whirlwind to clear the vines.
Then go through the hole and down the ladder. Follow th path until there is a
statue that is blocking your path. Move it by using Move Psynergy, then go
across the both parts of water. Go up to the Jupiter Djinn Gust. He will join
you without a fight. Leave this area and go back to the middle of town.

Head straight north and there will be a castle there. Go talk to both of the
guards and they will let Isaac in the castle, just head north to get to the
King's room. There will a quick scene where the King talks to Isaac, Garet,
and Ivan he eventually decides that "these children" can't do save Kolima.
When you get out of the King's room the guard will quickly talk to you. Exit
the castle and Biliban. Go south-east and you will eventually get to the
barricade. Once at the barricade walk up to it. Go to the one that is on the
left. Use Move Psynergy to move it down. Go through it and get out of the
barricade. Head east then go north over the bridge. Head north-east to get to
the town of Kolima.

+=-=-=-+
=-=-=Kolima=-=-=
+=-=-=-+

When you enter the town Ivan will notice that everyone in the town was turned
into trees. There will be this scene when Tret (the next boss) attempts to
turn you into tree. You will survive it though. After the scene is over and
you get control of Isaac again go east then a little south to find a Djinn
trapped in a fence. Go through the back of the house that is next ot the fence
surrounding the Djinn. You will enter a little room, go straight ahead to go
down some stairs. Follow the path all the way around and up the ladder. This
Djinn will not fight you. The Venus Djinn Granite will join your team. Now,
exit Kolima and you are now off for Kolima Forest. You may decide to stay a
little longer in Kolima talking to the trees by using Ivan's Mind Read. Once
you exit Kolima Forest head north-west. There will be a large forest that has
a yellow entrace. Go in there to enter Kolima Forest.

+=-=-=-=-=-=-=+
=-=-=Kolima Forest=-=-=
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=+

When you enter Kolima Forest follow the path around the corner. Walk to the
east to find a log. Push it into the water. After pushing the log head to the
north and go over the bridge. Head west and push the log to the west. Then go
around that log and head straight west to get to the next area.

In this next area go around the log right infront of you not pushing it
anywhere. Stay on the south side of the area and work your way as far west as
you can. Then go up and push the vertical log to the east, then the horizontal
log south, and then go push the horizontal back to the west. Head north after
that, then once you are at the top head east. Once you get all the way east
possible head north to get to the next area.

In this area head north then west to find a vertical log. Push that log to the
west. Head north up and around to get to the a horizontal log and the vertical
log that you just pushed over there. Push the vertical log back to the east.
Next, push the vertical log to the north. After pushing the vertical log to
the north head south to find another vertical log. Push this log to the south.
Then head to the west an all the way around back to the horizontal log that you
pushed. Now, push it to the west into the water, then jump over the water
using that log. Head north go up the stairs then head straight east to get to
the next area.

In this next area there aren't any monsters that you will have to worry about.
Go to the east and flip the switch to empty the water out. Then go back and go
down the stairs and push the far top vertical log to west. Then head back to
the switch and flip it again. The water will come back in, and take the newly
created log path to get to the next area.

This is the area where you will get to Tret, the second boss of this game. Go
north a bit then head east to find a tree with a gray face on it. Climb up the
vines to get into the tree.

+=-=-=-=-=+
=-=-=Tret Tree=-=-=
+=-=-=-=-=+

Once you are in the tree head to the north-east. Then follow that path around
to a vine that will take you to the next level of the tree. In this next level
head all the way south, then jump over all three of the leaves to get to the
other side. Then head east to get outside of the Tret Tree. Head all the east
until there is a vine heading north climb on it then head west. Head all the
way around this inner part of the tree (you can go get the psy crystal, but you
will have to navigate back up to here again) jump across the leaf and up the
vines to get to the next area. Then head south to get back outside. Once
outside head west then climb up the first vine you run into. Then follow the
branch up then go west a bit then take the branch going north to find a Djinn.
You will have to fight this one. After winning the battle Jupiter Djinn Breeze
will join your team. Now, after getting Breeze head back to the brach that you
were on before you went north to get to the Djinn. Head west on this brach to
get back inside of the tree. Go open up the tresure chest to get a Nut. Now,
jump onto the only leaf you can, then jump on the brown on, which will make you
fall down onto a lower level. Once on this lower level head up to the north
going all the way around and going outside through a hole on the west side of
the tree. Head west and take the first path heading south. Follow that branch
to a vine. Climb that vine up to another branch. Follow that brach east to
get back into the tree. Now, in this room go to the bottom of the room and
jump on the leaf. Jump one to the right, up one, right one, and back one more.
Isaac will now fall all the way down to the basement. Now, this may take
awhile for yo to do this but I think that you shoul run in circles until you
get all of your Psynergy back. Once you are ready to fight Tret head to the
northern part of this room to fight Tret. You should save before you fight
him. Once you have defeated Tret there will be a quick talk. Take the vine
out of Tret and get out of Kolima Forest by either running out of it or by
using Isaac's Retreat. Now, you are off to the your first lighthouse.

+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=|5.05 The LightHouse {~505}|
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+

Head back through the Bilibin Barricade and go back to Bilibin. From Biliban
go north over a bridge. Head west following the path, go over a bridge, and
keep folloing the path to go over another bridge and to get into a cave.

+=-=-=-=-=-=-+
=-=-=Biliban Cave=-=-=
+=-=-=-=-=-=-+

Once you enter the Biliban Cave entrance head north, then east. Jump the water
and go into the cave. Once in the cave go north then take the path going west.
Follow that path for awhile, and then take the first path leading to the east.
Follow that path to the door to get to the next area. Once in the next area
follow it all the way around to get out of the cave.

+=-=-+
=-=-=Imil=-=-=
+=-=-+

Once you are out of the cave follow the path all the way around across the
bridge. Then continue to follow the path all the way to Imil. Once in Imil
walk north, then west to a bridge. But don't go over it, go north once you get
up the stairs. Use Move Psynergy one the snowman to move it onto the ice. Go
across the bridge then head south. You will reach a little graveyard. Head
west there, so that you will go onto the ice. Once on the ice head up, left,
up, left, up, right, up, left, up, right, and up to get into a little cave.
You will bump into a Mars Djinn Fever who will join your team without a fight.
Head back to the entrance, and enter the house that is right infront of Isaac
when he enters. Walk up and get the treasure chest in the house. You will
get a very important item the Empty Bottle. Now, talk to the old man by the
fireplace. He will get sick and you will be told to go get Mia. Head to the
the area by the graveyard, then go west and go in that building. Talk to the
little girl that is in the building. She will say that Mia went to the old
couple. Now, go back to the old couple's house. There will be a quick scene.
Mia will run off to the lighthouse. Exit Imil.

+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+
=-=-=Mercury Lighthouse=-=-=
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+

Once out of Imil head north-east to get to your first lighthouse. In the
lighthouse head up either stairs, then go north to run into Mia. Talk to her
she will notice that a statue is in the way. Use your move Psynergy to move it
to the left. Mia will unlock the door, follow her into the next room. There
will be a Lizard Man blocking Mia's path go up to it and defeat him. Head into
either one of the two doors in this next room and then go through the door in
the next room. Go straight ahead and up the stairs. Follow the path and move
the statue, and now Mia will join your team. You now have a healer on your
team, so use her to heal you. Follow the path to the next room, and in the
next room go east to the next room. Now, in this room move the pipe to the
right. Follow the path to where you are pushed by water, then go down and up
the stairs. Follow that path through more water, and down and up the stairs.
Follow the path all the way around going down, then back up the stairs. Push
the pipe that you pushed earlier back to the right. Follow the path to the
south and then west. Take the stairs down then back up, and then go through
the door to the next area. Go down in this new area, but don't go down the
ladder. Instead go east then follow that path all the way around to find a
statue. Push it all the way to the button on the ground. That will open a
door. Once you have opened the door go use the down drop thing to get down to
the level below you. Follow the path up the ladder and through the door. In
this room go down the down drop thing to fall through a hole onto this
platform.

You will be talked to by this statue. Then jump onto the stautes hands, and
use Mia's Ply. Jump back onto the platform, where you will get three rings
above Isaac's head. Those allow you to have three jumps on water. Jump on the
water to either side and go through one of the doors to the north. Go through
the door to the north. Jump on the platform infront of you, then jump three to
the right, and then one down. You will get three more water jumps, now use
those to jump to the right to the other platform. You will get three more
water jumps. Use those jumps to jump straight up and you will get three more
water jumps. Jump up three and one to the left to get three more water jumps.
Jump one to the right, then straight up to a platform. Then jump to the left.
Jump three to the left, then one down. Jump on the platforms to get to the
main area. Follow that path all the way to another platform that will give you
three water jumps. Jump straight down, so that you will reach a door. Go
through the door to get to the next room. Jump straight down and go through
the door to get to the next area. Go through the middle waterfall, and then
head north to get to the next room. Push the northern most horizontal pipe to
the north. Then push the southern most pipe north. Then push vertical pipe
west. Go back to the room that you just came from. Jump onto the platform,
you will get three water jumps. Use them to jump to the main land and go up
the stairs. In the next room follow the path to go up the stairs. Then in the
next room go to the far stairs and go up them. Follow the path all the way
around and go down and up the stairs all the way at the north. Go down and
push the veritcal pipe. Then push the horizontal pipe down. Take the stairs
back to the west and push the vertical pipe ot the east. Then go back down and
and up the stairs and push the horizontal pipe all the way to the north. Then
push the vertical pipe all the way to the east. Use the stairs to push the
vertical pipe to the west, then the horizontal pipe south, and finally the
vertical pipe to the east again. The statue will fall through the hole. Go
back down the stairs and move the statue onto the button to open the door.

Go through the door. Then go all the way to the east, then south down the
ladder, then go back up the ladder and use Move Psynergy to move the statue to
reveal a door. Go through the door to get to a room with a horizontal pipe
that you have to push north. The water will push the wall away, so head
through the door. You will find a room with six waterfalls, go into the third
waterfall from the left to find a Djinn. After you defeat it you will get
Mercury Djinn Sleet. Exit that little hidden room and go through the door to
the west. In the next room follow the path to the new room. Follow the path
to another room. In this next room go through the last waterfall. In this
little room go on the path going to the east. Use Move Psynergy to move the
statue to the left. Then go up the stairs. In the next room follow the path
to the next room. You will go through a water fall and something will talk to
you. SAVE HERE. Go use Mia's Ply on the statue. Now, Mia will go up the
waterfall (Yes, up the waterfall), and everyone else will do the same. Use
Mia's healing on everyone. Then use the Psynergy stone. Now, jump up to the
lighthouse that was lit. There will be a talk, and after awhile Jenna, Kraden,
Felix, Alex, Saturos and Menardi will come out. They will all leave but
Saturos, who will fight you. This will be a very difficult fight. After you
beat him he will get back up but Alex will teleport him out of there. They
will leave down the elevator. After everyone is done chatting head over to
where the elevator is. It will come up, and you should go down it. Follow the
path down to the exit, but before you leave go up to the platform that is at
the entrance. Use the empty bottle to fill it up with the water. Now, Mia has
joined your team forever!

+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=|5.06 The Flooded Town {~506}|
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+

Well, the lighthouse has been light, but you must go on. Exit the lighthouse
and go back to Imil and buy the latest weapons and armors. Now, remember how
Tret didn't have the power to remove to tree spell from people. So, head back
to Tret and give him the water out of the bottle. If you need help getting
through Komila Forest please go the the section above that covers that. After
you give the water to Tret he will release the spell from the people he turned
to trees. Use Isaac's retreat to get out of the forest. Now, you should go
to Komila and buy the latest weapons and armors. Once you have bought all what
you need head back through Bilibin Barricade and back to Bilibin.

+=-=-=-=+
=-=-=Biliban=-=-=
+=-=-=-=+

Once in Bilibin go back to the castle to give Lord McCoy a visit. When you
walk up to the stairs the guard will come up to you. They will arrest you and
take you to Lord McCoy. When you enter Lord McCoy's room he will actually
thank you and not get all mad at you. The guard will take you to a room with
four treasure chests. Here they are from left to right, Vail, Potion, Psy
Crystal, and Water of Life. The Water of Life, to me, seems to be the best,
but pick what ever one you want. Now, exit the castle and you are now off for
Fuschin Temple. To get to Fuschin Temple go to through the Bilibin Barricade,
go past the town of Kolima, and just follow the path all the way. You will
eventually come to a bridge that you couldn't cross before, becuase the guy was
a tree. He will lower the bridge. Follow the path all the way until you see
this town that has a waterfall next to it this is Fuschin Temple.

+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+
=-=-=Fuschin Temple=-=-=
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+

Once you are in Fuschin Temple go north up both the stairs, and into the only
building there is. Go up to the old man and read his mind using Ivan's Mind
Read. There will be a talk, and the old man will want you to take this test.
Exit the building and go down both the stairs. Jump on the logs leading to the
waterfall. Talk to the guy standing infront of the waterfall. Now, enter the
waterfall.

+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+
=-=-=Fuschin Falls Cave=-=-=
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+

If you want to fight an enemy to get some experience, take the log to the right
to a treasure chest to fight a Mimic. If you decided to fight the Mimic take
the log back down. Now, go on the log to the left, it will take you north.
Follow that path north. In this room you have to jump from log to log to make
your way to one of the three doors. Make your way to the left door, and to do
so you will have to go all the way north, then go west. Once you get to the
left door go into it. Now, you have one of two choices here. One to go as far
up as you can in this area, then down one. Then head east, and you will find
your self on a secret path leading you to the end of the puzzle. OR you can
find the Dragon's Eye. It is your choice, but for the sake of this walkthrough
I will explain how to get the Dragon's Eye.

Head through the little door on the left side of the room. Instead of taking
the horizontal log go around and take the vertical log. Follow that path to
fine an Arctic Blade. Go back down and take the vertical log back across.
After that go back up to the top and take the horizontal log down. Then take
the path down through the door. In this next room head west then south, and
take the log across the water. Follow the path to the door to get to the next
room. Take the horizontal log across and go through the door to get to the
next area. In this room go south staying close to the wall. Take the
horizontal log down, then the vertical log to the left, and then take the
horizontal log back up. Now, jump onto the stump, then down to the vertical
log. Take this log across to the right. Now, go up to the Djinn, and fight it
to get Jupiter Djinn Zephyr will join your team. Follow the path to the
bottom, WATCH OUT FOR THE SPIKES ON THE GROUND. Take the horizontal log and
go through the door. Once in this new area head straight up. Go over both of
the horizontal logs, and take the top one all the way up to the top of this
area. Then go back around the map, you will run into a vertical log, move that
log to the west. Jump onto that horizontal log that you had just moved up.
Then take the math all the way around back to the last horizontal log, and move
that log to the north. Then jump on the log to the east and go through the
door. Head straight forward and pick up the Dragon Eye.

Once you have the Dragon Eye exit the room that you are in now. In the next
room jump on the logs going to the north. Go through the door to the north.
Then in this room go to the north and through the door. Now, you will be back
in the room that is dark. Climb up the ladder and put the Dragon Eye in the
Dragon. Now, head back down the ladder and exit the dark room. In this next
room go all the way around and use the vertical log to go through the door. In
this room jump on the logs, and make your way to the west. Go through the door
to get to the next room. In this next room follow the path to the door, and go
through that door to get to the room with the Dragon in it. Now, you will see
the path that you have to take to get to the door. However, you will have to
go one square above where it shows to be able to walk on it. Anyways, go
through the door and to the next area. In the next area follow the path and go
down the drop thing. Go through the door there and open the treasure chest to
get the Orb of Force. Equip this to one of the team players. Use Isaac's
retreat to get back to the entrance of the Fuschin Falls Cave. Now, exit the
Fuschin Falls Cave.

+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+
=-=-=Fuschin Temple=-=-=
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+

Once you exit the cave jump to the log infront of you to be talked to by the
guy standing there. Now, head back to the old man up in the building. So,
once you are done talking to the old man and exit the building. Now, heal all
of your party members and then pick up the Psynegy Stone to the right of the
building. Now, exit Fuschin Temple. From Fuschin Temple head south across the
bridge to enter the Mogall Forest.

+=-=-=-=-=-=-=+
=-=-=Mogall Forest=-=-=
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=+

When you enter the Mogall Forest you will see a green moster. That green
monster will be your guide through this forest. The monster will jump into the
stump. Go up to the stump and use the Force Psynergy to make the monster jump
out of the stump and he will run through a path to the south. Follow him to
the south. Then in this area follow the path to the next area. In this area
walk over the logs and don't use force on the stump right there unless you want
to fight an Ape for experience. From where that stump is head west and push
the log to the right. Go south and push the horizontal log down. Then go west
and around to push the vertical log back to the left. Now, go push the
horizontal log up. Go jump over the water by using the log. Then use Force on
the log to make the green monster jump out and he went on the path to the east.
Follow him on the path to the east. In this area just follow the path around
to the path going to the east. Use Force on the left stump to get the green
monster out of the stump and he will run off to the south. BUT WAIT. Go to
the right stump and use force. There you will a treasure chest that contains
an apple. An apple will raise one of your team members attack. Now, when you
go back to the area with the two stumps, and now go south in this area. In the
next area follow the path all the way around to the next area. Now, in this
area head to the east. Go up to the horizontal log and use move Psynergy to
move the rock down. Once the rock is moved push the log down. Follow the
path down and push the horizontal log down. Then go push the vertical log to
the left. Go south and all the way to the west to find a Djinn.

After you are done fighting Venus Djinn Quartz will join your team. Head back
and push to horizontal log up, and then push the vertical log to the left. Use
force on the stump to force the green monster to another stump. Head back to
where you entered this area. Walk over the logs and go south. Use Force on
the stump to force the green monster out, and he will go on the path to the to
the west. You should follow him. In the next area head west to get to three
stumps. Use force on the left stump to have a green monster jump out and go on
the path to the west. Here go over to the vertical log and use Move Psynergy
to move the rock up one square. Then move the rock to the right one square.
Now, push the log to the right and use Move Psynergy to move the rock to the
right one more square. Then go open the treasure chest to get an Elven Shirt.
I think the best person to equip this on is Ivan, but pick who ever you want to
equip this to. Now, exit this area to get back to the area with the three
stumps. Use force on the middle stump to force out the green monster, who will
go to the south. If you want to you can use force on the right stump to fight
an ape. Well, whatever you decide to do take the south path to get to the next
area. In this next area follow the path across the logs. Use Move Psynergy to
move the rock into the hole. Push the log into the water and use it to reach a
stump. Use force on the stump to get the green monster to jump into another
stump. Go back, then go west and make your way through the rocks and push the
vertical log to the right, then go south to push the horizontal log down, and
finally go around and push another vertical log to the right. Use force to
make the green monster go to the south. Follow him south. Now, in this area
just simply follow the path around. SAVE BEFORE YOU CROSS THE LOGS!!! As you
get close to the stump the you will hear a noise. Then if you try to use force
on it nothing will happen. So, just exit the area, but before you can get out
you will be attacked by Killer Ape. This is a fairly easy battle, and after
you win exit the Mogall Forest.

+=-=-+
=-=-=Xian=-=-=
+=-=-+

After leaving the Mogall Forest head west following the path. You will cross a
bridge, and just past the bridge is the town of Xian. In Xian head north you
will see a lady carrying water back and forth to her house from the water.
Wait until she is one step south of her door. Then use Mia's Frost Psynegy to
freeze the water. Then go up the stairs and jump onto the frozen ice pillar,
and then jump to the right to get to the Djinn. You won't have to fight
Mercury Djinn Mist to get him to join your team. Now, head all the way to the
north of town to find a building. Go in it and north of you, you will see a
log standing up. Use Force on it to knock it over, and make sure that you
are behind the white line when you use Force Psynegy (NOTE: If for some reason
you don't have Force you can't do this. It doesn't affect too much in the
game). There will be this long talk scence about Chi and what Isaac and his
partners use. After the talk is over make your way to the north-west part of
town and buy the latest weapons. You are now done in Xian. So, exit the town.

+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=+
=-=-=Alpine Crossing=-=-=
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=+

Once out of Xian head directly north, you will go through a forest, across a
bridge, and onto an island. Here you will run into the Mars Djinn Corona,
after you defeat him he will join your team. Now, head back to that forest and
at the forest head west. Go north over the bridge, and then head west to get
to Alpine Crossing. When you enter Alpine Crossing Feizhi will come running in
saying how Silk Road is blocked and that her visions are coming true. She will
start to worry about somebody called Hsu. Use Mia's Frost Psynergy to freeze
the puddle next to your. Head north from there and you will see a plant that
is wiggling back and forth. Give Isaac a fire Djinn and use the newly gained
Psynergy Growth (more information on what happens with this in the Djinn
section of this FAQ/Walkthrough). Climb up the vine you created go west, down
the drop thing, go south and then to the east by using the froze water tower.
Follow the path to find a Power Bread. Power Bread will booste the HP of one
of your team members. Now, give back the Djinn to Garet, and head down the
drop thing to fall by Feizhi. Then head north to get out of Alpine Crossing.
Head west to get to Altin.

+=-=-=+
=-=-=Altin=-=-=
+=-=-=+

You will quickly find out that the town of Alitin is flooded. It is caused by
water lizards... And of coarse your going to stop them. So, if you need to
heal up your team members. After healing or if you didn't go over to the gray
statue that is near the entrance, and move it to the right to find door. Go
into the door to enter Altin Peak. Head straight in here to get a Psy Crystal.
Now, head east past the Inn, and then south. You will see a water lizard
pumping water into the town of Altin, and the water lizard will run into a cave
and you should follow it.

+=-=-=-=-=-+
=-=-=Altin Peak=-=-=
+=-=-=-=-=-+

Once in Altin Peak follow the path to run into the water lizard again. You
will watch him run off. Follow him again to make him run off again and he will
start to pump more water out of him. Jump down the drop thing, and prepare to
battle and save. Talk to the water lizard to fight him. After beating him you
will get Frost Jewel, and the water level will drop. Go down the ladder go
east and freeze the water one the ground. Then go back up the ladder and jump
across. Follow the path to get out of Altin Peak.

+=-=-=+
=-=-=Altin=-=-=
+=-=-=+

When you get back to Altin you will notice that the water has now gotten lower.
Go down the ladder to the south of you. Then follow the path until you see
some train tracks. Follow the tracks back to Altin Peak.

+=-=-=-=-=-+
=-=-=Altin Peak=-=-=
+=-=-=-=-=-+

In Altin Peak follow the tracks for two screens. In the third screen you will
find a room with water in it. In this area head west. Follow this path until
you see a mine cart. Don't get in it but go past the cart and you will see an
arrow pointing to the left, go over to it and flip the switch to make it go to
the right. Now, go back to the Mine Cart and jump into the cart. The cart
will take you up to the water lizard. Save here and prepare for battle. When
you are ready go up to the water lizard and talk to him when you are ready to
fight him. After beating this water lizard the water level will fall.

Now, use retreat to get out of this area. Instead of exiting Altin Peak follow
the tracks. You will see a door in this area at the north. Take this door to
get to the next area. In this area go down the ladder and through the door to
get to the next area. In this area take the path going to the and go into the
mine cart. Once you have taken the mine cart you will see an arrow pointing to
the right, and go over to it to make it go the other way. Go jump back into
the mine cart. It will take you back to where it was at first, but take it
again. This time you will go all the way around and jump the water. Go
through the door to get to the next area. Follow the path in this area all the
way. When you come to a group of rocks you can go west to find a treasure
chest that is a Mimic, or you can go south and follow the pathe to get to the
next area. In this room go west and freeze the water and then go back to the
east and climb up the ladder. Once up the ladder go to the west and using the
frozen water tower to jump over to the other ledge. Go through the door to get
to another area. Go to the north and go down the ladder. Head west, and then
north to find a puddle of water. Freeze this puddle of water and then head
back to the main path and continue going west. Go west and go up the far
ladder and go north and turn the arrow to the right. Go back down the ladder.
Then go east go up the first ladder you run into jump across the ledge using
the frozen water. Then hop into the mine cart. Once you are out of the cart
go east. Go down the ladder, prepare for the water, and save. Then follow the
path to get to another water lizard. Use Isaac's retreat to get out of Altin
Peak.

+=-=-=+
=-=-=Altin=-=-=
+=-=-=+

Once out of Altin Peak go south down the ladder. Go south and stop into the
armor shop right there. Then go down another ladder and go a little to the
west to visit to get the latest weapons. After getting the latest weapons head
east and you will see tracks. Follow the tracks into Altin Peak.

+=-=-=-=-=-+
=-=-=Altin Peak=-=-=
+=-=-=-=-=-+

Follow the path to a split. At the split go right and follow the tracks until
they end. When the tracks end go all the way south. Go to the treasure chest
continue to follow the path which will start going east. Go all the way east,
and then follow the path going north. Follow that path all the way to the
door. Go through the door to get to the next area. In this next area make
your way to the east. Move the wooden pillar to the left and freeze the water
on the ground. Then head north and go up the ladder. Flip the switch, and
then using the log and frozen tower to get to the mine cart. Hop in the mine
cart. The cart will take you to the other end. Jump in it again to land near
the Mercury Djinn Spiritz. Prepare for battle and save. After defeating the
Djinn go jump back into your mine cart. Once you are out of the mine cart head
west and freeze the puddle of water. Then continue to head west and freeze the
other puddle of water. Head back to the east and climb up the ladder. Then
follow the path all the way using the newly frozen towers to get to a door that
will take you to the next area. In this area head north then a the split head
west. Follow the path all the way to the next area. In this area go up the
maze of rocks. Use Force Psynergy to knock down the log. A huge rock will come
at Isaac. You don't have to run from it, but it will be automatic. After the
rock falls head west and down the ladder. Then jump down the drop thing. Then
using the track as a ladder climb down. Follow the path to a monster. Save
and prepare for battle before you get to the stairs. When you walk up the
stairs you will be attacked. After you beat it, it will blow up leavign a
treasure chest behind. Go up to the treasure chest and get the Lifting Gem out
of it. Then use Isaac's retreat get out of Altin Peak.

+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=+
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-|5.07 The Evil Desert {~507}|
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=+

Instead of exiting Alting Peak you will want to follow the tracks until you
come to a split. At the split go straight to find a big boulder. If you
haven't done so already equip the lifting gems to one of your team members.
Then using Lift Psynergy lift the rock up above Isaac's head. Walk under it
and through the door to get to the next area. In the next area go west, then
north as soon as you can. Use Lift Psynergy to lift the rock up. Follow the
path all the way to to get out of a cave. You will come out right next to the
next city...

+=-=-=-=-=-=+
=-=-=Lama Temple=-=-=
+=-=-=-=-=-=+

Once you are in Lama Temple work your way all the way up to the north, and
enter the building. Here Master Hama will talk to you about somethings. In
this conversation you will learn about the evil Lamakan Desert and how you need
reveal to cross it. Master Hama will teach Ivan reveal. Reveal allows you to
see hidden things that you normally couldn't see. In the middle of the
conversations Feizhi will run in. There will be a quick conversation about how
reveal worked on her. She will also say that Hsu is in trouble. They will run
off to help Hsu. Just before she leaves Garet will remind her to give Ivan
reveal. She will give Ivan reveal and leave to go help Hsu. Once you get
control of Isaac exit the building. There is a Psynergy Stone at the bottom of
the stairs that you may want to use. Instead of hurring off to help Hsu go
east and cross the water. Use reveal Psynergy to find some Water of Life.
Now, exit Lama Temple and go east. Use reveal to reveal a door. Walk through
the door to another door. Now, there will be a quick scene with Master Hama
and Feizhi. After they are done talking walk up to the rock and use lift to
lift up the rock. Feizhi and Master Hama will pull Hsu out from under the
rock. You will be back at Lama Temple. Master Hama will thank you for saving
Hsu. Once you finally get conrol of Isaac exit Lama Temple.

+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+
=-=-=Lamakan Desert=-=-=
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+

Once outside of Lama Temple go south to get into Lamakan Desert. Now, you will
notice that on the left side of your screen is a bar. You don't want that to
fill all the way up to the top. To stop it from filling you will have to use
Ivan's reveal to find water. You will know where water is, becuase there are
circles of rocks. Some of the circles of rocks have traps in them.

Follow the path until you see a circle of rocks. Use reveal to find water.
Jump in the waterto get the bar to go back down. Continue to follow the path
until you come to a split. At the split go north and you will find a circle of
rocks. Use reveal to find water. Jump in the water. Then from where the
water is go north-west. Then take the path going east. However, don't use
reveal on this circle of rocks, because there is a trap. Continue along the
path to a circle of rocks. Use reveal to find water. Jump into the water.
Go north to get to the next area. In this area head north, then stay south.
Use reveal on the first circle of rocks to find a treasure chest that has a
potion in it. Now, go west and use reveal on the next circle of rocks to find
water. After you get out of the water go north around the rocks there will be
a circle of rocks that has 777 coins in it. From there head south-west to find
another circle of rocks. Use reveal to find water. From here go north-east.
You run through a couple circles of rocks. You will eventually get to some
water. From this water go directly east to find another circle of rocks. Here
there is a Jupiter Djinn named Smog, who will joing your team without a fight.
Now, head back to the water in the south-west corner. From here you can go all
the way north to find two circles together. Use reveal on the left one to find
a treasure chest with some lucky pepper in it. This boosts the luck of one of
your team members. OR you can simply just go to the north-west and go to the
next area. In this area just simply make your way to the west walking over all
the sandfalls. At the end you will run into a sandfall. Use reveal and run
through it. You will be inside a cave. In this cave simply follow the path to
the a door to the next area. In this area make your way to the west. You will
run into another sandfall blocking your path. SAVE here and prepare for
battle. Use reveal and fight the boss Manticore.

+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=+
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-|5.08 The Colosso {~508}|
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=+

After you beat Manticore use reveal again and go into the cave. Follow the
path all the way out of the cave. Once outside of the cave go to the north and
cross the bridge. Here you will encounter the Venus Djinn Vine in a random
battle, and after you beat the Djinn it will join your team. Since you now
have four Earth Djinn you can now summon Judgement the most powerful/best
looking summon. After getting the Djinn go back to the cave that you came out.
Head west over the bridge. Keep going west over another bridge, and you will
eventually run into the town of Kalay.

+=-=-=+
=-=-=Kalay=-=-=
+=-=-=+

Instead of the shops being in buildings they are outside. Be sure to stop at
then and buy the latest stuff. When you are done shopping go directly north
and go up two sets of stairs to get to a castle. The guards will say that it
is Lord Hammet's castle. They won't let you in until he is back. However,
Ivan will come out and talk the guards into letting him in to talk to Lady
Layana. You will learn that Lord Hammet is a prisoner in Lunpa. The people
of Kalay sent ransom money to free Lord Hammet. Everyone will go talk to Lady
Layana. There will be a long chat. After the chat exit the castle. Go down
the stairs. Once down the stairs go east up stairs that are on a house. Jump
onto the ledge. Once on the ledge go north and move the statue to the left.
Go through the door to enter the Kalay Tunnel. In the tunnel go to the north
and push the statue all the way to the west. Go down the ladder, to the west
and back up the ladder. Mars Djinn Scorch will join your team. Now, exit the
tunnel and Kalay.

+=-=-=-=-=-=+
=-=-=Vault agian=-=-=
+=-=-=-=-=-=+

From Kalay head directly north. You will reach the bridge that Master Hammet
couldn't cross earlier in the game. Cross the bridge and go north. Go east
across the bridge, and continue to go west to reach Vault.

Now, once in Vault it is time to get a Djinn. Go to the north-western part of
town. Go up the stairs, and enter the house. Talk the my mayor of Vault. You
will learn that the theives that had stolen Master Hammet's Rod. Once you are
done talking to the Mayor exit the house. Follow the path to the west and
follow it to the south and all the way around. You will reach a graveyard,
jump over the ledge and go across the bridge. Go north and follow the path to
reach a tower. Climb up the tower and ring the bell. You will see a Djinn
move from one place to another. Now, go back to the graveyard and use reveal.
You will see a hole with a ladder. Go down the ladder and go straight ahead of
you. Now, you can go to the east to find a treasure chest that is a Mimic.
Whether or not you decide to fight the Mimic or not take the path to the west.
Follow the path to the next room. In this room head east to get to a door to
take you to the next room. Go south to find a flame on a tower, and on the
floor you will see a fire symbol. Push the flame on the tower onto the fire
symbol. By doing so you will open the door. Go through the newly opened gate
and through to door to get to the next area. In this next area you will see a
bunch of water drops on the floor. Head north to see a bunch of vines. Use
Ivan's Whirlwind Psynergy to clear the vines. A door will be revealed. Go
through the door to find a treasure chest that has a Vambrace in it. Equip it
to one of your characters. Then exit this room. Now, go down the ladder and
freeze all of the water drops expect the one on the far east. Climb up the
ladder and go a little west and jump to the other ledge by using the frozen
pillars. Then head through the door to get to the next area. In this area go
west and down the ladder and then up the other ladder. Then follow the path to
the next area. In the next area go to the east and go up the stairs. Here,
flip the switch to drain the water. Go back down the stairs, and head south.
Go down the stairs to get to the next area. In this area follow the path to go
through a door to get to the next area. The next area is another one with the
flames. Go to the north to see a tower that the flame is out. Push that one
down one and then right one. Now, go down to the one that has a flame push it
up one. Now, you will have to push it up one and left one very quickly before
the water drop falls on it and puts it out. Then push it left one, up two, and
right one. Now, you have to push it to the right two before the drop of water
falls on it. Then, push it up two to open the gate. Go through the gate and
through the door. Now, in this room go west and up the stairs. In this area
go south to get to the next area. In this area go south down the ladder. Once
down the ladder go through the door that is a little to the east of you to get
to the next area. Once in the next area jump over the ledge and go up the
ladder. Once up the ladder follow the path and go up the stairs. Then go
south to get out of the cave. Go up the to get to the Djinn. He will join
your team without a fight. Now, go back into the cave, then use retreat to get
out. Exit Vault.

+=-=-=-=-=-+
=-=-=Vale agian=-=-=
+=-=-=-=-=-+

From Vault go north, then west over the bridge. Then head west a bit and then
north to get back to Vale. Here you can go visit Garet and Isaac's parents,
but you don't have to do that. There is also a Djinn that you can get here.
Head to Kraden's house, and instead of going up the stairs to it go to the west
to see a fence with a rock in it. Use Lift Psynergy on the rock to lift it
above your head. Walk to the north to get to the next area. In this area head
to the north and go through the door. You will notice there is a circle of
logs to the west. Jump onto the only one you can and use reveal. Another log
will appear for you to get over to the other side. Go west and up the ladder.
Once up the ladder go north and through the door to get to the next area. In
this area head north jumping on the logs. Jump to the west and move the wooden
box two places to the right into the water. Jump north to get onto a log.
Roll the log to the right. Then go through the door to get to the next area.
In this room follow the path to the west all the way around to get to the next
area. In this area go south and push the log in the water. Go and jump over
to the other ledge. Go south and push the log into the water. Then go south
and down the drop thing. Push the horizontal log to the north. Then take the
path to the north and follow the path around to get to the next area. In this
area follow the path up the ladder. Open the treasure chest to find a Halt
Gem. Equip this to one of your characters. Then head south to find a Djinn.
Then go down the drop thing. The Djinn will continue to win. Go forward and
and use halt to freeze the Djinn. Jupiter Djinn Kite will join your team.
Now, head south and exit the cave. Now, you can visit Garet and Isaac's
parents. Wheter you choose to visit the parents or not exit Vale.

+=-=-=-=-=-=+
=-=-=Kalay Docks=-=-=
+=-=-=-=-=-=+

NOTE: Before you go on in the game you should have 5 Venus Djinn, 4 Mars Djinn
5 Jupiter Djinn, and 4 Mercury Djinn.

Now, make your way back to Kalay, and enter it. Go into the Inn and talk to
the guy, with a backpack on, in the north part of the Inn. Now, exit Kalay.
There will be a long boring talk here, but you can't continue on in the game
unless this happens. After the talk Isaac will leave Kalay. Now, from Kalay
head south-west to find Kalay Docks. Once in Kalay Dock Garet will come out
and talk about the ocean. After Garet is done talking head to the building
directly infront of you. Talk to the lady at the counter to buy a ticket.
Once you go the ticket exit the building. Head north-west and talk to the guy
with the red hat on to get on the ship. Once on the ship walk over to the gray
haired guy. There will be a talk about all the monsters there are in the sea.
Then the guy with the blue hat on will sneak off. Follow the guy with the blue
house into the room, but before you get into the room he will come out and run
off looking guilty. Now, head toward the north part of the ship and enter that
room. Head toward the northern part of this room to hear a conversation
between a couple warriors and a travel guide. They will run out of the room
and go talk to the captin. When the conversation is done exit this room, and
climb up the ladder that is in the middle of the ship. Examine the post in the
middle of the area to get the Anchor Charm. Climb back down and go into the
room at the bottom of the ship. In this room climb up the ladder and talk to
the guy with the blue hat. There will be a long pointless talk here. After
the talk go up and return the Anchor Charm to the Captin. You will be forced
into protecting the oarsmen. When the talk is done exit this room and head to
the room on the north of the ship. Go down the stairs in this room to get into
another converstation. Now, the ship will set sail!

Sailing will be very boring. It is possible to get to Crossbone Island now,
but don't do it. The reason for not going to Crossbon Island is that you can't
do a lot of of the stuff there, yet. You will set sail and you will run into
monsters. This first battle will be three Man o' Wars. This is a very easy
battle. Just use your Lv. 4 Djinn Summons to defeat them. After you defeat
teh Man o' Wars you will find out that there is an oarsman down. You will be
sent up stairs to get one of the passengers to row. After picking a new
oarsman head back down the stairs and the passenger you pick will start rowing.
The ship will set sail again. Then more monsters will come. This time you
will fight a Lizard Fighter and 2 Rabid Bats. This fight isn't too hard, but
the Lizard Fighter has quite a bit of HP. In this battle the Lv. 4 Djinn
Summons should take all of them out. After the battle you will have to go get
another passenger to row. Go get one and bring him back down to row. Yet
again monsters will attack the ship. This time you will fight a Virago and 2
Man o' War. The Lv.4 Djinn Summons should knock these guys out, too. Now, go
get another passenger to row. The ship will set sail again. Now, there will
be an attack on the top deck of the ship. Prepare for battle while you are on
the lower deck. When you are ready head to the upper deck to fight Kraken.
Kraken has quite a bit of HP and has Ply Well to heal himself. You should use
your Lv. 4 Djinn Summons to cause some major damage to Kraken. Use Wish with
Mia. It shouldn't be too tough of a battle, however you may encounter some
problems with Ivan dieing. After you defeat Kraken another oarsman will be out
so you will have to get another. Get another passenger to row and the ship
will set sail. You will now reach LAND! The boat will dock and you should
leave the boat.

+=-=-=+
=-=-=Tolbi=-=-=
+=-=-=+

Get off the dock and walk over to the two wooden boxes with a fence around
them. So, move the left one left two places and the right one left one places.
Then head up the stairs and use those wooden boxes to get to a treasure chest
that has a potion in it. Now, exit the dock. Head north-west to get to Tolbi.

Tolbi is a very crowed town that is preparing for the Colosso. You aren't able
to rest at the Inn here, becuase it is sold out. Now, go buy the latest
weapons and armors. Do you remember all of those lucky medals and game tickets
that you have collected throughout the game? Well, here is where you use them.
Once in Tolbi head directly north and talk to the guy with the backpack. He
will let you have your luck at the Tolbi Spring. Go up to it and use your
Lucky Medals here. Try to get it to land into the middle of the bullseye.
After you are done playing this game go up the stairs to the east to see a
building with a dice on it. Go in it to play a little dice. This is a very
easy way to win lots of money. Now, once you are done playing there go up the
stairs to the east. You will see a two story Inn. However, the second story
is where you get to spend your game tickets. When you are done playing this
game head to the north-western part of town to be asked by guards if you had
seem this man (they will show you a picture). Go to where you entered Tolbi,
but don't exit. Instead go east and follow the path north to find a plant that
is on the ground. Use Growth on this to make it grow (to get Growth give Isaac
a Mars Djinn or Garet an Venus Djinn). Climb up the vine and use frost on the
water. Go back into Tolbi and go infront of the Inn. Using the ice pillar get
over to the otherside. Go north to find Mars Djinn who you won't have to
fight. Exit Tolbi.

Once out of Tolbi head west. Then go north over a bridge. Then go north-west
to find another bridge. Take this bridge to encounter Mercury Djinn Hail in a
random battle. After beating the Mercury Djinn Hail go back over the bridge
and head east. You will eventually get back to Kalay Docks. Here you will get
Venus Djinn Ground without a fight. Now, head back to the west. You will see
a bridge to the north, and go across it. Follow the path to get to Altimiller
Cave.

+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+
=-=-=Altmiller Cave=-=-=
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+

You will quickly learn that Altmiller Cave is a very dark cave. If you need
help seeing you can use reveal.

When you enter Altmiller Cave follow the path all the way around to get to the
next area. In this area head to the west to get through the rock path and to
the next area. In this area you can see a treasure chest, but it is a Mimic.
So, head south-west and follow the path all the way around until you come to a
split. At that split go to the north. You will see an outline of a person.
Talk to the person. After you are done talking to the person go north-west to
get to the next area. In this area go west and follow the path staying south
to get to the next area. This area is luckly lighted. Go down the stairs and
go to the north and go up the stairs. Push the vertical pillar to the east.
Push the bottom pillar to the north. Freeze the puddle and push the horizontal
pillar you pushed and by going behind the standing up pillar push the pillar to
the south. Then go push the vertical pillar to the west. Then push the top
horizontal pillar to the south. Follow the path to Jupiter Djinn Squall who
wants to fight. After defeating Squall go push the wooden log in the hole and
go through the door to the next area. In this area go south then take the path
going west. Follow it to a treasure chest that has a cookie in it. Head back
to the split where you went east and go south here now. Work your way around
by going west then north to get a door. Go through the door to go through the
next area. Now, you will be back in the light. In this area head south and go
up the stairs. Follow this path all the way around to a drop thing. Go down
the drop thing and through the door to get to the next area. In this area
there are five rocks. Go examine the rock on the left and right. Now, there
will be a spinning wheel that will come up. The color that is on the top is
the color of the rock you need to choose. To find the rock colors you need to
use Ivan's reveal. Once you ahve finished with the color wheel will make a
door to go in. Go through the door and get the draught. Use retreat to get
back to the entrance of Altmiller Cave.

Make your way back to the person. The mystery man will the draught. He will
instantly get better. You will notice that he is the leader of Tolbi, his name
is Babi. He will talk to you a bit about Lemurians, and he will want Isaac to
join the Colosso. Two guards will come and talk Babi out of the cave. Use
retreat to get out of the cave. Make your way back to Tolbi.

+=-=-=-=-=-=+
=-=-=The Colosso=-=-=
+=-=-=-=-=-=+

Once back in Tolbi make your way all the way to the north of town to get to the
Colosseum Entrance. Go up the stairs to the north-east of you. The guards
will reconize you as the one Babi has choosen to fight in The Colosso. The
guard will take everyone to this room, where they will learn that Isaac will be
the only one actually in the finals. However, they will let Garet, Ivan, and
Mia be next to the stage to help Isaac. The guard will take you to the first
stage. Here you are able to go up to the person standing infront of each part
of the stage. Talk to the person to learn about the stage and then you have
the change to put one of you team members there who will be able to use on
Psynergy.

Go up to the first person and listen to the explanation. Have Garet cheer for
you in this part of the stage. Go to the second part of the stage and listen
to the explanation and have Mia cheer for you here. In this third part of the
stage listen to the explanation and have Ivan with growth (give him a Venus
Djinn) cheer for you here. Now, continue going east to listen to the rest of
the stage explanations. Then head back to the guard and talk to him to go back
to the room. In this room save. Then go onto the gray silver circle. Now,
your first fight will be agianst Azart. LEND A HAND! Have Garet use move
to move the log to the left. Have Ivan use Growth on the plant. Have Mia talk
to the person to say she is done cheering. Now, you will get control of Isaac
for the first part of the Colosso! Set your Djinn so you can use them. In
this first part of the Colosso just run through it using the log Garet moved.
In the second part move the virtical pipe to the west to have the water lift
the platform. Then in the third area use the vine Ivan made to get past this
area. Then in the fourth area ride the vertical log to the east to get to the
battle stage. On the battle stage you will fight Azart. Use Judgement and
Ragnarok on him. Also use Cure Well to heal yourself when needed.

After you beat him you will be in the next round of the Colosso Finals. Go
listen to the explanations of each part of the stages. Once you have listened
to them go to the first part of the stage have Garet cheer for you. In the
second part of the stage have Ivan cheer for you. In the third part of the
stage have Mia cheer for you. Now, set your Djinn now and then head back to
the guard to go back to LEND A HAND! Have Garet use move to move the middle
pillar to the right one. Have Ivan use Halt on the guy with the controls.
Have Mia freeze the water on the left. In the first part of the stage go using
the wooden pillar that Garet moved. In the second part of the stage just jump
across all of the platforms since Ivan froze them. In the third part of the
stage take the bottom log and using Mia frozen tower go across to the other
side. In the fourth part of the stage climb up the wall using the handles.
Use the second drop thing to fall on the platform to get to the next part of
the stage. In the fifth parth of the stage push the log to the left. Then go
around to push the log back to the right. Then go push the other log to the
right and then go around it and push the log back to the right. Now, you will
be at the battle stage. Now, you will fight Satrage. Use the same strategy
you used last battle against Azart.

After you beat him you will be in the Colosso Finals! Go listen to all of the
explanations as usual. In the first part of the Colosso Final have Mia cheer
for you. In the second part of the Colosso Final have Garet cheer for you. In
the third part of the stage have Ivan cheer for you. After you are done set
your Djinn and go back to the guard to start the final battle. LAND A HAND!
Have Mia use Frost to freeze the water under the platform to lift it up. Have
Garet use move to move the wooden log to the right. Have Ivan use halt on the
guy with the controls. In the first stage just jump over the hole using the
platform that Mia lifted up. In the second stage jump on the log one right,
down one and make your way to the right to get to the other side. In the third
stage just run through the stage. In the fourth stage climb down the wall,
then climb up the wall going back and forth. Go down the stairs. In the fifth
stage just run over the conveyor belt. In the sixth area push all of the
wooden pillars to the top row and push the log into the water to get to the last
battle stage where you fight for The Colosso championship. Use the same
strategy as you did in the last two battles to beat Navampa.

+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=+
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-|5.09 Saving Hammet {~509}|
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=+

After you beat Navampa Isaac will pass out from being so tired. The screen
will change to Isaac sleeping in a bed in Babi's Palace. Everyone will be
around him. There will be a quick talk about what happened to Isaac. After
they are done talking jump out of bed and you are ready to talk to Babi. Once
Isaac gets out of bed exit the room you are in now. Go east up the stairs,
then north through the double doors. Here there will be a chat with Babi and
Iodem. Iodem will give you a Lure Cap for winning The Colosso. Babi will give
you a mission to help him find more draught for him. So, he wants Isaac and
everyone to go with Iodem to the Venus Lighthouse. After the talk is over Babi
will leave. Follow Babi down the stairs and into the room. Take the Cloak
Ball from the table by Babi's bed. Now, exit Babi's Palace.

+=-=-=-=-=-=-=+
=-=-=Gondowan Cave=-=-=
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=+

When out of Babi's Palace follow the dirt path on the ground going south-east
to Gondowan Cave. Once in the cave follow the path going west and go through
the door to get to the next area. Once in this area use lift to lift the rock
into the air and follow the path to a door. Go through the door to get to the
next area. In this area follow the path but don't jump on the platforms.
Instead follow the path to a treasure chest that has an apple in it. Continue
to follow this path all the to a door to take you to the next area. In this
area go up the stairs and up to the stump. Use Move Psynergy to move it to the
left. Then head east to find a log in your way. Use Move Psynergy to move it
into the hole. Then follow the path down the stairs and to the exit of
Gondowan Cave.

+=-=-=+
=-=-=Lunpa=-=-=
+=-=-=+

From the cave head north. Go past Kalay, and go over the bridge above Kalay.
From the bridge head north. Go east over a bridge and head north past Vault.
Head directly north to get to Lunpa. If you enter Lunpa you will find out that
they gate is shut and the guards won't let you in. So, go into the cave south-
west of Lunpa. In this cave follow the path to a gate. Use Frost to freeze
the water and raise up the gate. Now, follow the path to get into Lunpa. Once
in Lunpa go down the stairs and notice the rock that is between the two
pillars. Go use reveal to find out that the rock will change to water. Use
Frost on the water. Then go up the ladder and jump to the other side by using
the frost tower. Follow this path all the way around to find a dead end. Here
use reveal to find a torch. Pull down on the torch to reveal a door. Here
there will be six treasure chests they have some Water of Life, a Smoke Bomb, a
Lucky Medal, an Antidote, 44 Coins, and an Elixir. Now, exit this secret room
and go around until you find a drop thing. Go down it to get down. Now, in
Lunpa you can't buy any weapons or armors. You also aren't able to use the
Inn. Head to the far north part of town to get to the Lunpa Fortress Gates.
Here go to the west side and stand in the shadows. Equip the Cloak Ball and
walk into the Fortress. NOTE: With Cloak you have to stay in shadows or else
it will come off and everyone can see you.

Now that you are in Lunpa Fortress go straight to get to the next area. In
this area use cloak and head east. Stay close to the east wall and go through
the door to get to the next area. In this area equip cloak and head north. Go
around, and be sure to use cloak again once you get in the shadows. Head south
a door to get to the next area. In this area wait until the guy is as far
north-west as possible. Then you need to run south and follow the path to get
to a door to get to the next area. In this area use cloak and head south to
get to a door to take you to the next area. In this area use cloak and head
north. There will a little spot where you can stand safely between the two
guards. Go through the door at the nroth to get to the next area. In this
area don't go through the door right infront of you but follow the path to get
to a door that will take you to the next area. Prepare for battle before you
go through the door. In this area three guards will spot you. Instead of
taking you out they will fight you. This is an easy battle. After you win it
follow the path to the door to get to the next area. In this area follow the
path to run into a guard who you will have to fight. After you beat him go
through the door he was guarding. Remember this room and how to get here,
because you will have to come back here. Anyways exit this room and head south
to the door that will take you to the next area. In this area head west and
then south be sure to avoid the guard and go through the door to get to the
next area. Equip Catch Beads and walk up to the gate. Use catch to grab the
key. Open up the gate and then the guard will spot you. You will have to
fight him. After you beat him head east to get to the door that will take you
to the next area. In this are go through the door that is west of you. Now,
in this area head over to the vines and use Ivan's Whirlwind to clear the
vines. Then use reveal an flip the switch. In this area go jump over the
water to the next area and go to the north-east. Go up the stairs and use
whirlwind on the vines to find a door. In this room head north and go through
the locked gate in the middle to find a treasure chest that has Power Bread.
In this area go north and through the locked gate. There you will find a
wooden box. Push this wooden box all the way south. It will eventually fall
into a hole. Walk onto the wooden box and jump to the left. Follow this path
through a locked gate and use whirlwind. Then use reaveal to find a switch.
Flip the switch and go through the door. SAVE here and prepare for battle.
Go through the last locked gate to find Hammet.

After a little talk with Hammet Dodonpa will come in. He will flip a switch
that will release a monster, which will attack you. After you defeat the
monster, named Toadnopa, you will find Dodonpa under the monster. Then
Dodonpa's father will enter the room and lock up Dodonpa. Then you will be
automatically out of Fortress. Once out of the fortress exit through the cave
you entered through. Just before you get out you will notice some one sneaking
around. You will find out that it is someone from Kalay. He will take Hammet
back to Kalay and offer you if you want to go back go back with them. Decline
this offer, because it is time to get a Djinn. Go back into the Lunpa Fortress
to that part that I told you how to remember to get there. If you need help go
back to the start of the Lunpa Fortress part of this FAQ and follow that. Once
in that room talk to Dodonpa's father he will let you enter the back part of
his room which has Mercury Djinn Tonic in it. You will not have to fight
Tonic. Once you go Tonic exit the lunpa fortress and go back to Kalay. Once
in Kalay head to Hammet's Palace. Once in Hammet's Palace head north to get to
Hammet. There will be a long talk here.

+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=|5.10 The Tornado Monsters {~510}|
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+

Once the talk is over head back to Tolbi, but don't go into to Tolbi. Instead
head south to Gondowan Passage. Here you will meet up with Iodem. Now, head
south out of Gondowan Passage. Once out of Gondowan Passage head east
following the path to get to the town of Suhalla.

+=-=-=-=+
=-=-=Suhalla=-=-=
+=-=-=-=+

In this town go to the far south-east of the town. Go into the building and
Iodem will go talk to the two soldiers. The soldiers will talk about how there
are tornados with mosters at the bottom of them, and how some people kidnapped
Sheba. After the talk is over equip the Douse Drop to one of your characters
and set it as a shortcut. Now, exit Suhalla and head south to get to Suhalla
Desert.

+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+
=-=-=Suhalla Desert=-=-=
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+

In the Suhalla Desert you will encounter tornados. You will have to walk into
the tornados and then use douse get rid of the tornados. After using douse on
a tornado you will have to fight a monster so be prepared.

Once in Suhalla Desert head south-west. When you try to go through a little
path a tornado will appear. Iodem will talk about how weird it is that there
is a tornado. Prepare for battle by setting your Djinn for everyone beside Mia
who you should use to heal. Walk into the tornado and then use douse when you
are taken into the air by the tornado. You will have to fight a Tornado Lizard
now. You will have to fight one of these everytime you go into a Tornado. It
will only take one or two Lv. 4 summons to defeat the Tornado Lizard. After
beating the Tornado Lizard follow the path until you come to three paths. Take
the far east path to fight another Tornado Lizard. After defeating the Tornado
Lizard follow the path to the next area.

In this area follow the path to another three paths. Go through the middle one
and use douse on the tornado to fight another Tornado Lizard. After defeating
the Tornado Lizard follow the path to a ladder going down. Don't go down the
ladder yet. Instead head back up to a gap in the path heading west. Use
reveal to find a log. Use the log to jump across the gap. Now, follow this
path to ladder going down the ladder to find a Djinn. You will have to fight
Mars Djinn Flash to get it to join your team. Remember how to get to this spot
because you will have to go back here to get to Crossbone Island later. Now,
go back up the ladder and go back across the gap. Go down the ladder to the
south of you and be prepared there will be a tornado that will chase you. If
you don't want to fight Storm Lizard. He is a little more powerful than the
Tornado Lizard. It is up to you if you want to fight him or not. Just follow
the path south, then east, and finally north. Iodem will talk about how Sheba
is nowhere. After he is done talking head east quickly to get out of Suhalla
Desert.

+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=+
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-|5.11 The Venus LightHouse Part 1 {~511}|
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=+

+=-=-=-=-=-=-+
=-=-=Suhalla Gate=-=-=
+=-=-=-=-=-=-+

Once out of Suhalla Desert follow the path to get to Suhalla Gate. Once in
Suhalla Gate follow the path up the flights of stairs to come to some down
soldiers. They will say that a group of people (Saturos and Menardi) attacked
them.. After the talk is over continue along the path to get to the next area.
In this area go down the first drop thing to find a treasure chest that has a
mint in it. Go down the drop thing below you and go up the vines. Then go
east to get to the next area. In this area go to a bunch of drop things. Go
down the third drop thing to find Mercury Djinn Dew who you will have to fight.
After you get the Djinn go down the drop thing and head east. Climb up both of
the vines (You can go through the door there and follow the path to find a
ship. There will be a quick scene where Iodem thinks that it is Babi's ship.
However, it won't be so you will have to head back) and then head east to get
to the next area. In this area follow the path down the stairs to get out of
Suhalla Gate.

+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+
=-=-=Venus Lighthouse=-=-=
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+

Once you are out of Suhalla Gate head over the bridge and work your way to the
north to get into Venus Lighthouse. Once in the Lighthouse go forward to get
through the door. Then use reveal to reveal a door. Go through that door to
find a treasure chest. Open the chest to find a Carry Stone. Equip it to one
of your players and go back through the door. Then go through the door to get
to the next area. In this area take the path to the east. In this room go
past the first door and go around to the other door. Go through that door to
get to the next area. In this area use the newly gained Carry Psynergy to
carry then drop the block down to the lower level. Go through the door to get
to the next area. Once in this area use reveal to find a door. Go through the
door to get to another area. In this area follow the path up to a statue.
Talk to the statue to have some lights come up onto the floor. Now, get out of
the Venus Lighthouse. Then head east to get out of the forest.

+=-=-=-=-+
=-=-=Lalivero=-=-=
+=-=-=-=-+

Once out of the forest head north then east to get to Lalivero. When you enter
Lalivero Iodem will talk to the down soldiers to find out that Saturos and
Menardi has Sheba with them. After the talk head to the shops and buy the
latest weapons. Now, head in the weapons and armorms shop go up the ladder and
jump onto the wall going around Lalivero. Follow the path around to the end.
Jump onto the building and jump to the next building. Climb up the vine and
get Mars Djinn Torch who you won't have to fight. After you get the Djinn head
north to get out of the town of Lalivero.

+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=+
=-=-=Babi's Lighthouse=-=-=
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=+

Once out of Lalivero head north to get to the road to Babi's Lighthouse. Head
north to get to the next area. In this area head north-west to find ladder
going underground. Go jump onto the platform. Use move to move the pillar
back one square. Now, go back up the ladder and go to the other side to find
a pillar. Move the pillar to find another ladder. Go down the ladder and move
the pillar to the left. Jump over the gap and follow the path up the ladder.
Use growth on the plant to make a vine. Climb up the vine and go down thing.
Go through the door and head north. Go down the drop thing to land next to a
Djinn. You will have to fight Jupiter Djinn Luff to get it to join your team.
After you have Luff on your team it is time to go to Crossbone Island (This is
optional but is a very good thing to do).

+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=+
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-|5.12 Crossbone Island (Optional) {~512}|
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=+

This Golden Sun Crossbone Island Guide was written by Deadmeat X. If you see
any mistakes or anything is missing from this section please e-mail Deadmeat X
at nuttelozepost@hotmail.com. Deadmeat X's Crossbone Island Guide can be found
at http://www.gamefaqs.com/portable/gbadvance/game/30328.html.

__________________________
// \\________________________________________
// \\ \\
|| || FAQ Information ||
\\ //______________________________________//
\\________________________//


+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ About this FAQ +
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

This FAQ covers Crossbone Island. It features ASCII maps, walkthroughs, and an
item list for all levels of Crossbone Island.


__________________________
// \\________________________________________
// \\ \\
|| || Crossbone Island FAQ ||
\\ //______________________________________//
\\________________________//


+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ What is Crossbone Island? +
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

Crossbone Island is the biggest, if not the only, side-quest in the GBA game
Golden Sun. The Island has got a cave, with several levels. Each level has got
a couple of puzzle-elements in it, some can be quite hard. There are some tough
enemies here too, and if you complete the whole cave, you will fight Deadbeard,
the toughest enemy in the game. Also, on the whole Island there are no random
encounters at all.


+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ How do I get there? +
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

First, go to Suhalla. Enter the desert south of it, the one with all the
whirlwinds. Follow the normal path until you see a big red tornado to your
right. A little south of this spot, use Reveal. You should see some footprints
in the sand, leading to a hidden log. Jump over the log, and follow the path.
You’ll come past the Djinni Flash too. Enter the cave behind Flash, and follow
it to the exit. You’re now next to that big red tornado. Step in it, and wait a
few seconds. The tornado will take you away to the Island. To get off, simply
step in the tornado again, and wait. You’ll be taken back to Suhalla.


+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ Isn’t there another way? +
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

Yes, there is. On the boat to Tolbi you have to pick several rowers to replace
the wounded ones. If you pick the right persons from the passengers, you’ll
arrive on Crossbone Island. According to IKillKenny’s FAQ the order is:

-The lady with the green skirt
-The lady with the blonde hair and a brown skirt
-The old, bad guy
-The Merchant who is not near the staircase.

In the same FAQ I found this:
“According to Camelot's Japanese web site, you need to have a "weakness of
power" on the right side of the ship in order to visit the island early.
So, stick strong people on the left and weak people like the Chef on the
right.”

On the GameFaqs message board, Balta brought forth the following order:

-The warrior-like guy
-The young girl (not the blonde)
-The strong man
-The young guy

Seing how different their two solutions are, I think that the order is either
random, or there are several possible orders. If you really want to get there,
you can try some, but be warned, you won’t get far at all on the island.


+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ What do I need? +
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

To complete the Crossbone Island side-quest, you will need the following things:
-Some basic Psy-Energy, such as Move, Growth, and Frost.
-The Psy-Energy Cloak, you can get it from Babi.
-The Psy-Energy Carry, you can get this in the first part of the Venus
lighthouse. In the screen where you find a wall with some inscriptions and a
picture of a tree on the ground, use reveal and enter the hidden door to find
the Carry Stone.
-A decent level. Level 25 should suffice, especially because you will gain some
levels in the cave itself. To defeat Deadbeard you need to be above level 25.
-Nice equipment. Especially for Deadbeard, you want to equip your characters
with cool equipment, such as the Gaia Sword (from Venus Lighthouse) and the
Muramasa (on the Island itself).
-This FAQ ^_^


+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ When should I go there? +
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

It doesn’t really matter. I prefer going there as soon as possible. This means
you don’t have the Carry Stone yet, but you can still get to level 7. This will
give you some sweet equipment to ease the lighthouse, and a couple of levels
from the boss fights. But if you want, you can also wait until the very last
moment. It’s up to you.


+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ What’s in it for me? +
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

You can read the item list below, but here’s a quick round-up:
-4995 gold, and that’s even without the money from the bosses.
-The Muramasa, the second strongest sword in the game.
-Other great equipment, such as the Wicked Mace and the Cleric’s Ring.
-The Venus Djinni Bane.
-The chance to prove yourself in the toughest fight of the game.
So, what are you waiting for?


__________________________
// \\________________________________________
// \\ \\
|| || Item List ||
\\ //______________________________________//
\\________________________//


+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ Alphabetical Order +
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

-1 Coin
-111 Coins
-222 Coins
-333 Coins
-444 Coins
-555 Coins
-666 Coins
-777 Coins
-888 Coins
-999 Coins
-Antidote
-Blue Key (x4)
-Cleric’s Ring *
-Cookie
-Demon Axe *
-Demon Mail *
-Elixir (x2)
-Fairy Ring *
-Hard Nut
-Lucky Medal (x2)
-Lucky Pepper
-Mint
-Muramasa *
-Mystery Blade *
-Ninja Garb *
-Nut (x2)
-Potion
-Psy Crystal (x2)
-Red Key
-Sleep Bomb (x2)
-Smoke Bomb (x2)
-Storm Gear *
-Water of Life (x2)
-Wicked Mace *

Items marked with an * are described below.


+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ In order of levels +
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

>>>Outside <<<
-Nut
-Mint
-1 Coin

>>>Level 1 <<<
-Antidote
-Nut
-Hard Nut
-111 Coins

>>>Level 2 <<<
-Elixir
-222 Coins
-Lucky Pepper
-Mystery Blade *

>>>Level 3 <<<
-333 Coins
-Fairy Ring *
-Cookie
-Smoke Bomb

>>>Level 4 <<<
-Sleep Bomb
-444 Coins
-Storm Gear *
-Psy Crystal

>>>Level 5 <<<
-555 Coins
-Ninja Garb *
-Lucky Medal
-Potion

>>>Level 6 <<<
-Elixir
-666 Coins
-Demon Axe *
-Water of Life

>>>Level 7 <<<
-Lucky Medal
-Psy Crystal
-Wicked Mace *
-777 Coins

>>>Level 8 <<<
-Smoke Bomb
-888 Coins
-Potion
-Cleric’s Ring *

>>>Level 9 <<<
-Sleep Bomb
-999 Coins
-Water of Life
-Muramasa *

>>>The Ship <<<
-Demon Mail *

Items marked with an * are described below.


+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ Descriptions +
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

A short description of the artifacts you can find on the Island.

The formatting is like this:

>>>Item Name <<<
What Type of item (equipped by...)
Where What level you can find it on
Attack How the weapon influences your attack stat
2nd Attack The magic a weapon unleashes such as Demon Fire
Side Effect The other effect a weapon might have on an enemy,
for example, with the Muramasa the target can become Haunted.
Defense The influence armor has on your defense stat
Effect What influence a ring has
Other Info Everything else



>>>Cleric’s Ring <<<
What Ring (all)
Where Level 8
Effect Cancels out the in-battle effects of a curse
(being unable to move)

>>>Demon Axe <<<
What Weapon (Isaac and Garet only)
Where Level 6
Attack +132
2nd Attack Poison Cloud
Other info Cursed

>>>Demon Mail <<<
What Armor (Isaac and Garet only)
Where The Ship, after defeating Deadbeard
Defense +50
Other Info Wind Resistance -10
Cursed

>>>Fairy Ring <<<
What Ring (all)
Where Level 3
Effect Works like an Elixir in battle
Other Info May break f used in battle

>>>Muramasa <<<
What Weapon (Isaac and Garet only)
Where Level 9
Attack +126
2nd Attack Demon Fire
Side Effects Haunt
Other Info Cursed

>>>Mystery Blade <<<
What Weapon (Isaac, Garet and Ivan)
Where Level 2
Attack +84
2nd Attack Life Nourish
Other Info You can transfer this weapon to Golden Sun 2

>>>Ninja Garb <<<
What Body Armor (all)
Where Level 5
Defense +36
Other Info Agility +30
Wind Resistance +10

>>>Storm Gear <<<
What Body Armor (all)
Where Level 4
Defense +42
Other Info Water/Fire/Wind Resistance +30

>>>Wicked Mace <<<
What Weapon (Isaac, Garet and Mia)
Where Level 7
Attack +130
2nd Attack Poison Death
Side Effects Deadly Poison
Other Info Cursed


__________________________
// \\________________________________________
// \\ \\
|| || Walkthrough ||
\\ //______________________________________//
\\________________________//



+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ Introduction +
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

There are a couple of things you need to know about the Island and this
walkthrough:
-In the cave, you have to fight some enemies before you can enter the door to a
level. These so called Guardians are a little tougher then normal enemies, but
they shouldn’t be that much of a problem.
-There are no random encounters here, so you can walk around to gain PP, and
prepare yourself well before a battle with Guardians. For example, you can put 4
Djinni for every character on stand-by, so that you can summon a lot in the
first round.
-After every level, there’s a log you can push in a pit to make the way back a
lot easier.
-Most levels in the walkthrough (except for Outside and the Ghost Ship) have the
following sub-chapters:

>>>Guardians <<<
The enemies you have to fight to enter the level.

>>>Items <<<
The items you can find here.

>>>Map <<<
My fabulous ASCII maps.

>>>Legend <<<
Explanation of my fabulous ASCII maps.

>>>Walkthrough <<<
Step-by-step description of the level.


+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ Outside +
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

>>>Items <<<
-Nut
-Mint
-1 Coin

>>>Walkthrough <<<
-Grow the plant on the left, climb up, grow another plant, climb up and grow the
last plant.
-On the top ledge, use Catch to get the Nut from the tree.
-Slide down the middle slide to get to a chest with 1 Coin. Climb back up.
-Slide down the slide on the right to get to a chest with a Mint.
-Climb back up and go down the slide on the left.
-Use Whirlwind on the bush and enter the cave.


+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ Level 1 – Platform Maze +
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

>>>Guardians <<<
-Hobgoblin
-Virago

>>>Items <<<
-Antidote
-Nut
-Hard Nut
-111 Coins

>>>Map <<<
__________________________ _________________________________________
| | |A$ |
| ____________________| |$$_________________________________ |
| | __ | |
| | | | | |
| | _____ |__| __ __ __ | |
| | |D$ | | | | | | | | |
| | |$$___| __ ________ __ | | |__| |__| | |
| | | | | 4O | | | | | | |
| | __ |__| |___OO___| |__| |__| __ | |
| | | | | | | |
| | |__| __ __ __ _____ |__| | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| | __ _____ |__| |__| |__| |__ | __ | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| | |__| | __| _____ ________ __ |__| | | | |
| | | | | | | 3O | | | | | | |
| | __ |__| | __| |___OO___| |__| __ |__| | |
| | | | | | | | | |
| | |__| |__| __ __ __ |__| | |
| | | | | | | | | |
| | __ |__| |__| |__| _____ __ | |
| | | | | | | | | |
| | | | ________ _____ _____ |_____| |__| | |
| | | | | 2O | | | | | | |
| | |__| |___OO___| |_____| |_____| __ | |
| | | | | |
| | __ __ __ __ __ __ | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | |__| |__| |__| |__| |__| |__| |__| | |
| | | |
| | _____ __ ________ __ __ __ | |
| | | C$| | | | 1O | | | | | | | | |
| | |___$$| |__| |___OO___| |__| |__| | | | |
| | |B$| | |
| | __ __ __ __ |$$| | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| | |__| |__| |__| |__| | |
| | | |
| |_____ __________________________________________________| |
| | | |
| __| |__ ____________________________________________|
| | | |
|__ __| |__ __|
| | | |
|__| |__|


>>>Legend <<<
$ = Chest (A to D)
O = Log (1 to 4)

>>>Walkthrough <<<
-First walk around the pit to chest A for an Antidote.
-Now, jump onto the platform to the south of log 1.
-Move log 1 to the left, and jump on its platform.
-Get to chest B for a Nut, then exit the room and re-enter.
-Now move log 1 to the right, and follow the platforms to chest C.
-Collect 111 coins. Get to the platform south of log 2.
-Move log 2 to the right and get the Hard Nut from chest D.
-Exit the room, and get to log 2 again. Now move it to the left.
-Ignore log 3 for now, and follow the platforms to the one with log 4 on it.
-Move log four to the center of the platform (keep one square between you
and the log, otherwise you can’t pull it).
-Return to the platform south of log 3, and move this log to the right.
-Move log 4 to the right, and continue to the other ledge.
-Exit the room. The chest outside is a Mimic you can fight if you want.


+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ Level 2 – Pillars +
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

>>>Guardians <<<
-Grisly (2x)
-Sucubus

>>>Items <<<
-Elixir
-222 Coins
-Lucky Pepper
-Mystery Blade

>>>Map <<<

_______________________________________________
|XX|XX| |XX| |XX| |
|XX|XX| |XX|__ __ |XX| __ |
|XX| |XX|XX| 1//|XX|C$ |
|XX| |XX|XX| ///|XX|$$ |
| |XX|XX| /// |
| |XX|XX| /// |
| |XX|XX| /// |
| |XX|XX| /// |
| |XX|XX| /// |
| |XX|XX| /// __ __ |
| 5//////////|XX| 2\\\\\\\\\\\|XX|XX| |
| __ ///////////|XX| \\\\\\\\\\\\|XX|XX| |
| |XX|D$ |XX| 4\\ |XX| B$|XX| |
| |XX|$$ __|XX|__ \\\ |XX| $$|XX| |
| |XX|XX|XX|XX|XX|\\\ |XX| |XX| |
| |XX|XX|XX|XX|XX|\\\ |XX| |XX| |
| |XX| \\\ |XX| |XX| |
| |XX| \\\ |XX| |XX| |
| |XX| \\\3//////////|XX| |XX| |
| |XX| \\\///////////|XX| |XX| |
| |XX| |XX|A$ |XX| |XX| |
| |XX|__ __ |XX|$$ |XX| |XX| |
| |XX|XX|XX| |XX| |XX| |XX| |
| |XX|XX|XX| |XX| |XX| __ |XX| |
| |XX| |XX| |XX| |XX| |
| |XX| |XX| |XX| |XX| |
| |XX| |XX| |
| |XX|________ _____|XX|________|
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
|__ __| |__ __|
| | | |
|__| |__|


>>>Legend <<<
$ = Chest (A to D)
\ = Pillar (2 and 4)
/ = Pillar (1, 3 and 5)
X = Block

>>>Walkthrough <<<
-First open chests A, B and C for 222 Coins, an Elixir and a Lucky Pepper.
-Now roll pillar 1 to the left.
-Roll pillars two and three up.
-Pillar 4 goes to the right.
-Finally, roll pillar 5 up and collect the Mystery Blade from the chest.


+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ Level 3 – Keys +
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

>>>Guardians <<<
-Lich
-Fiendish Ghoul (x2)

>>>Items <<<
-333 Coins
-Fairy Ring
-Cookie
-Smoke Bomb

>>>Map <<<

|B=| |B=| |B=| |B=|
_____________|==|________|==|________|==|________|==|_________
|XX| |
|XX|___________________________________________________________|
|XX|
|XX| __ __ __ __
|XX| | | | | | | |* |
|XX| |__| _____ __ |__| |__| __ |__| __
|XX| | | | | | | | |
|XX| __ |_____| |__| __ |__| |__|
|XX| | | |3K|
|XX| |__| _____ __ _____ |KK| __ __ __
|XX| | | | | | * | | | |5K| | |
|XX| __ |_____| |__| |_____| |__| |KK| |__|
|XX| | |
|XX| | | __ __ __ __ __ __
|XX| | | | | | | | | |* | | | | |
|XX| |__| |__| |__| |__| __ |__| |__| __ |__|
|XX| |4K| | |
|XX| __ _____ __ |KK| _____ __ |__| __
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
< | |__| |_____| | |__ | __| |__| |__|
< | | | | |
| __ __ |_____| |__| __ __ _____
|XX| | | |1K| |2K| |* | | |
|XX| |__| __ |KK| __ __ |KK| |__| |_____|
|XX| | | | | | |
|XX| __ | | __ | | |__| _____ __ __
|XX| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|XX| |__| |__| __ | | |__| _____ | __| |__| |__|
|XX| |* | | | | | | |
|XX| ________| | |__| |_____| |__|
|XX| | __|
|XX| | |
|XX|XX|XX| |
|XX|XX|XX| |
|XX|XX|XX| |
|XX|XX|XX|__ __|
| |
|__|


>>>Legend <<<
= = Door
X = Block
K = Key
* = From here you can get a key
< = To the red door

>>>Walkthrough <<<
-Stand on the top right corner of the first ledge and use catch to get the
key above you.
-Jump to the right and get key 2 in the same way. Use grab while standing on
the platform east of the key.
-Get key 3 from the platform south of it, and key 4 from the platform north
of it.
-Now continue to the ledge on the north side of the room, and open the blue
doors here for chests containing 333 Coins, a Fairy Ring, a Cookie and a
Smoke Bomb.
-Jump on the platform south of the blue door on the right. It’s part of a
circle of platforms, with a slightly different color.
-Use Reveal here, and grab the red key in the center.
-Get to the left side of the room, and go through the red door.


+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ Level 4 – Statues +
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

>>>Guardians <<<
-Gryphon Bird (x2)

>>>Items <<<
-Sleep Bomb
-444 Coins
-Storm Gear
-Psy Crystal

>>>Map <<<
_________________ ______________
|#################| |##############|
|#################| |##############|
|#################| |##############|
|#################| |##############|
| B$|XX| | | |
| ______$$|XX| | | _____ __|
| | | | | | | |
| | ________| |_____| |__ | |
| | |########| |#####| |##| | |
| |__|########| |#####| |##| | |__
| |##|########| |#####| |##| | |##|
| |##|########| |#####| |##| | |##|
| |##| |XX| | | |##|
__________________________ | |##| |XX| | | |##|
|##########################| | |XX|XX|XX|XX| | | C$|
|##########################| |_____ |XX|XX|XX|XX| | |___$$|
|##########################| | |XX| 4S |
|##########################| | |XX| SS |________
| | | |XX| ////////|########|
|__ ___________ _____| | |XX| ////////|########|
| | | | | |XX|XX|XX|XX|////////|########|
__| |___________| |________ | |XX|XX|XX|XX|////////|########|
|##| |###########| |########| | |XX| |
|##| |###########| |########| | |XX| ___________ |
|##| |###########| |########| |XX| |XX|XX|XX| | | |
|##| |###########| |########| |XX| |XX|XX|XX| |___________| |
| | | | | | 3S|XX| |###########| |
|_____ | | | | | SS|XX| |###########| |
| | | | | |XX|XX| //|XX| |###########| |
| | | | | |XX|XX| //|XX| |###########| |
| | | 5S | | |A$|XX|XX|//|XX|XX|XX| |
_____| | | SS | | |$$|XX|XX|//|XX|XX|XX| |
|#####| | | // | | | |XX| |XX| |XX|XX|XX|
|#####| | |__ // __| | | |XX| |XX| |XX|XX|XX|
|#####| | |//| | | |XX| |XX| |
|#####| | |//| | | |XX|________ |XX|________ |
| | | | | | | | | | |
|_____ | | | | __| |__ __| |__ __| |__
| | | | | |##| |##| |##| |##| |##| |##|
| |________| |________| |##| |##| |##| |##| |##| |##|
| | | | |##| |##| |##| |##| |##| |##|
_____| | | |___________|##| |##|_____|##| |##|_____|##| |##|
|#####| | | |###########| 1S |#####| 2S |#####| |
|#####| | | |###########| SS |#####| SS |#####| |
|#####| | | |###########|////////|#####|////////|#####| |
|#####| | | |###########|////////|#####|////////|#####| |
|D$ | | |
|$$ __| |_____ _____ _____ _____ |
| | | | | | | | | |
|__| |__| |________| |________| |________|


>>>Legend <<<
$ = Chest (A to D)
S = Statue (1 to 5)
/ = Statue Zone (read below)
X = Block
# = Wall

>>>Walkthrough <<<
-Go to statue 1. When you step on the Statue Zone (the yellow tiles), the
statue will move along with you, so you can’t pass it.
-Stand on the left or right side of the statue zone of statue 1, and use
Halt on the statue. Now walk past it, and get the Sleep Bomb from chest A.
-Use the same trick to get past statue 2.
-In the shadows between statues 2 and 3, use Cloak. You can now get past
statue 3.
-Get 444 Coins from chest B.
-Approach the statue zone of statue 4 from the left, and, still Cloaked,
sneak past the statue.
-Get the Storm Gear from chest C, and return to the entrance.
-Now head left, and get past statue 5 by Cloaking yourself again.
-Don’t forget to pick up a Psy Crystal from chest D.
-Exit the room.


+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ Level 5 – The Floodgate Redemption +
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

>>>Guardians <<<
-Lizard King
-Harridan
-Stone Soldier (x2)

>>>Items <<<
-555 Coins
-Ninja Garb
-Lucky Medal
-Potion

>>>Map <<<

|XX|
___|XX|
B$|XX| / \ A$
$$|XX|___/ \______ $$
|XX| / |
|XX|______/ |
/|XX| |
/ |XX| |
|XX|XX| \
|XX|XX| \______
| |||||||
| |||||||
/ 3// |XX| |XX| |
____/ /// |XX| |XX| |
/ |XX| ///2\\\\\\\\\\\\ 1//////////// \
/ |XX| ///\\\\\\\\\\\\\ ///////////// \
| /// |XX| \
| /// |XX| \_______
| /// ~~~~~
| /// ~~~~~
| 4\\\\\\\\\\\ ~~~~~
| \\\\\\\\\\\\ ~~~~~
/ 5// ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/ /// ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
| /// ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
| /// ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
| /// |XX| ~~~~~
| /// |XX| ~~~~~ _______________
XX|XX|XX| |XX| /// ~~~~~~~~ /
XX|XX|XX| |XX| /// ~~~~~~~~ /
XX|C$ | 6\\\\\\\\\\\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
XX|$$ | \\\\\\\\\\\\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
XX|XX|XX| |XX| |XX| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ /
XX|XX|XX| |XX| |XX| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ /
|XX|XX| |XX| |XX|XX| |XX|XX|~~~~~ /
|XX|XX| |XX| |XX|XX|__|XX|XX|~~~~~___________/
\ |XX| /
\__________|XX|___/
FFFFFFF
FFFFFFF SS


>>Legend <<<
$ = Chest (A to C)
\ = Log (2, 4 and 6)
/ = Log (1, 3 and 5)
X = Rock
~ = River
F = Floodgate
S = Switch

>>>Walkthrough <<<
-First get 555 coins from chest A.
-Go down the stairs, and move log 5 to the left.
-Move log 4 down, roll log 2 down, and roll log 5 to the left.
-Now roll log 2 back up. Flip the switch.
-Follow the logs to chest C, which contains a Ninja Garb.
-Exit the room and enter again.
-Push log 3 to the left, and roll log 4 all the way up.
-Move log 3 back to the right, and flip the switch.
-Get to chest B, and get the Lucky Medal.
-Empty the lake again, and then push down log 4.
-Now fill the lake and get to the other side.
-Get the Potion from the chest here, and exit the room.


+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ Level 6 – Lots of Logs +
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

>>>Guardians <<<
-Chimera (x2)

>>>Items <<<
-Elixir
-666 Coins
-Demon Axe
-Water of Life

>>>Map <<<
______________________________________________________________
|DD |
|DD ___________________________________________________________|
| |#####|--|########|--|##############|--|####################|
| |#####|--|########|--|##############|--|####################|
| |#####|--|########|--|##############|--|####################|
| |#####|--|########|--|##############|--|####################|
| | 5O |#####|--|##| |##|--|#####| |
| | ___OO___|#####|--|##| __ |##|--|#####|________ |
| | |##|--|##|#####|--|##| |##| |##|--|#####|##|--|##| |
| | |##|--|##|#####|--|##|__|##|__|##|--|#####|##|--|##| |
| | |##|--|##| |XX|##|##|##|XX| |##|--|##| |
| | |##|--|##| |XX|##|##|##|XX| |##|--|##| |
| | | |XX|##| |##|XX| | |
| | | ________ |XX|##| |##|XX|________ | |
| | | | | |XX| |XX| | | |
| | | | | |XX| |XX| | | |
| | | | C$ | |XX| A$ |XX| B$ | | |
| | |_____| $$ | |XX| $$ |XX| $$ |________| |
| | | |XX| 1O |XX| |
| |___________ __| |XX| OO |XX|__ _________________|
| | |##| |XX| |XX|##| | |
| | |##| |XX| |XX|##| | |
| | |##| |XX| |XX|##| | |XX|XX|XX| |
__| | |##| |XX| |XX|##| | |XX|XX|XX| |__
|##| 4O | | |XX| | | |##|
|##| OO | | |XX| | | |##|
|##| | | |XX| | | |##|
|##|________ __| | |XX|________ | |__ ___________|##|
|###########\ /##| | | D$ | | |##\ /#####|--|#####|
|############\/###| | | $$ | | |###\/######|--|#####|
|#################| | | | | |###########|--|#####|
|#################|__| | _____ | |__|###########|--|#####|
| |###########| | | | | |###########| |
|________|###########| |__| |__| |###########|___________|
|##|--|##|###########| |##| |##| |###########|#####|--|##|
|##|--|##|###########| |##| |##| |###########|#####|--|##|
|##|--|##| |XX|~~|XX|* |##| |##| 3O 2O|#####|--|##|
|##|--|##| |XX|~~|XX| |##| |##| OO OO|#####|--|##|
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
|_________________ __| |__ ____________________|
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
|__ __| |__ __|
| | | |
|__| |__|


>>>Legend <<<
$ = Chest (A to D)
O = Log (1 to 4)
D = Djinni
X = Block
# = Wall
~ = Puddle
* = Special square, see below

>>>Walkthrough <<<
-Move log 1 (and the chest on top of it) three spaces up.
-Move log 3 two squares to the left, and log 2 one square.
-Climb the ladder next to log 2 and 3, and hop over the logs.
-Get an Elixir from chest B. Continue to the top ledge.
-Approach the Djinni on the left, and it runs away. Continue south along
the west wall.
-Push log 4 to the right, and then down to the slide. Push it down the
slide, and slide down after it.
-From the log, jump left to the ledge and go down the ladder.
-Use Frost on the puddle and climb the same ladder again. Now jump onto the
ice beam and continue north, to chest C.
-Get 666 Coins from the chest, and continue north. The Djinni will run from
you again. Push log 5 off the ledge, to the right.
-Climb down the ladder south of where log 5 was, and move log to the right.
-Now climb up again and hop over log 5 to chest A, you should be able to
reach it if you’ve pushed log 1 up. Get the Demon Axe.
-Now it’s time to get the Djinni. Retrace your steps back to the entrance,
and in the end he’ll keep running from you around those three blocks on the
ledge above log 2 and 3.
-Here, use Halt to stop it. Now you can get the Djinni Bane.
-Go back all the way to log 4, it’s still west of the ice block. Move and
push it until it’s east of the ice (marked with an *). Be careful: You need
to stand to the north of the * and pull the log towards you, so you’ll be on
the north side of the log when it blocks your path.
-Now go north, up the ladder on the left, and south past chest C. Hop onto
the ice, and onto log 4, and get to chest D.
-Get the Water of Life. Get to the exit via the slide next to the ice.


+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ Level 7 – Carry On +
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

>>>Guardians <<<
-Earth Lizard (x2)

>>>Items <<<
-Lucky Medal
-Psy Crystal
-Wicked Mace
-777 Coins

>>>Map <<<
______________
|##############|
PART 1 __|##############|
|##|##############|
_______________________ ______________|##|##############|
|#######################| |#################| |
__|#######################|__|#################| _____ |
|##| |#####|A$|##|##############| | | | |
|##|______________|#####|$$|##|##############| | | | |
|##|##|--|##|--|##| * |##|##| |#####| | | | |
|##|##|--|##|--|##|_____|##|##|_____|#####|________| | | |
|##|##|--|##|--|###########|##|--|##| |##|--|##| | | |
|##|##|--|##|--|###########|##|--|##|__ |##|--|##| | | |________
| |##|--|##| |##|--|#####| |##|--|##| | | C$|########|
| |##|--|##|__ __|##|--|#####| |##|--|##| | | $$|########|
| | |##| |##| | | | | |########|
| |__ |##| |##| | | _____| |_____|########|
| | * | | 1O | | | |##############|
| | |________| OO | |_____| _____|##############|
| | |########| | |####################|
|__ | |########| |___________|####################|
|##| | | | |###########| | | >
|##| | | | ________ |###########| _____| | >
| | | | | | | |
| |________ | | | |________ ________| |__
| | | | | B$ | |
|________ |__|__|_____| $$ ________| |
|########| |########| |
|########|_______________________|########| __|
|#######################| | | |
|#######################| | |__ |
| | |
| |VV|

_______________________
|#######################| PART 2
|#######################|________
|##| |#####| |##| | |^^|
|##|_____|#####|_____|##| | |__|
|##|--|##| |##|--|##| 2O |
|##|--|##|_____|##|--|##| OO |
|##|--|###########|--|##| |
|##|--|###########|--|##| |
| | |* |
| | |__ _____|
| | | |
| | |___________|



>>>Legend <<<
$ = Chest (A to C)
O = Box
* = Special places (explained in walkthrough)
# = Wall
>= To entrance
V = To part 2
^ = To part 1

>>>Walkthrough <<<
-Push box 1 two squares to your left, and Carry it onto the platform to the
left. Use the ladders to get on this platform.
-Push the box on up, it will now be under the square marked with an *.
-Carry it onto the square with an *. Use the box to hop to chest A and get
a Psy Crystal.
-Exit the room and reenter. Again push box 1 two to the left and lift it
onto the platform.
-Get on the platform, and push/Move the box to the left, until it falls off.
-Now move the box onto the square marked with an *.
-Hop over the box and get to chest B, with a Wicked Mace.
-Move the box back to the starting position, or exit and enter again.
-Now move it two to the right and one up. Then carry it ‘up’.
-Climb the ladder nearby, and hop over the gap you just placed the box in.
-Get to chest C and collect the Lucky Medal. Now head to part 2 of the map.
-Move box 2 to the position marked with an *, and carry it up.
-Climb the ladder, hop over the gap and go down the other ladder.
-Just before the exit, jump over a gap to the right and get 777 Coins from
the chest here.


+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ Level 8 – Dragon Cave +
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

>>>Guardians <<<
-Poison Toad
-Thunder Lizard (x2)

>>>Items <<<
-Smoke Bomb
-888 Coins
-Potion
-Cleric’s Ring

>>>Map <<<
_________
| \
____________ |_____ \
| \ /|##|--| |
|______ \____ /#|##|--| |
|##|--|\ \ /##|##|--| \
|##|--|#\ \________/|##|##|--| \
/|##|--|##| |#/ | |
_______/ |##|--|##| |/ | |
/ D$ | \#| | | |
/ $$ | \| | | |
\ | | |XX|A$|XX| | | \
\ | | |XX|$$|XX| | | \
| /|XX|~~|XX|\ |XX|C$|XX| | | DDDDDDD |
|______/#|XX|~~|XX|#\____ |XX|$$|XX| | | DDDDDDD |
|\ /#|##| |##\ /\ |XX| |XX| /|XX|~~|XX|\ |XX|
|#\/##|##| |##|\/|#\|XX|__|XX|/#|XX|~~|XX|#\______|XX|______
|#####|#/ \#|##|##|##|--|##|##| |##|\ /####| B$ \
|#####|/ \|##|##|##|--|##|##| |##|#\/#####| $$ \
| \#|##|--|##|#/ \#|########| /
| \|##|--|##|/ \|########| /
\ 1\\\\\\\\\\\\ |LL| |\ |
\____________ \\\\\\\\\\\\\ |LL| |#\___|
| |XX| 2///////////|XX| |##|##|
| |XX| ////////////|XX| _______ |##|##|
| |XX| OO |XX| / \ \#|##|
| |XX| OO |XX| / \ \|##|
| |XX|XX|XX|XX| | \ /
| _____|XX|XX|XX|XX| | \_____/
| | | |
| | | |


>>>Legend <<<
$ = Chest (A to D)
O = Rock
\ = Log (1)
/ = Log (2)
L = Lift (with puddle under it)
~ = Puddle
D = Dragon
X = Block

>>>Walkthrough <<<
-Hop over the puddle ahead of you, and Freeze it while standing on the
north side of it.
-Climb the ladder, go past the dragon, and hop over the ice you just made
to the left. Get 888 Coins from chest A.
-Go down the ladder and push the rock all the way to the right.
-Climb the ladder, hop back over the ice to the dragon. Slide down.
-Push log 2 down. Now freeze the puddle under the lift. The dragon will
melt away the other ice block here.
-Climb up the ladder, go past the dragon. Jump onto the lift, and then to
chest B. Get a Smoke Bomb.
-Now freeze the puddle the dragon melted again (stand on the north side of
it) and continue to log 1.
-Push log 1 down and climb the ladder. Get the Cleric’s Ring from chest C.
-Now stand on the north side of the left puddle, and freeze it. Climb the
ladder to the north, and jump over the ice.
-Get the Potion from chest D, slide down, and exit the room.


+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ Level 9 – Get Wet +
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

>>>Guardians <<<
-Cerubus (x2)

>>>Items <<<
-Sleep Bomb
-999 Coins
-Water of Life
-Muramasa

>>>Map <<<
________
Part 1 |########|
|########|
|########|
|########|
| A$ |
__| $$ |_____________________________
|##| |#############################|
|##|________|#############################|
|##|~~~~~~~~|#############################|
|##|~~~~~~~~|#############################|
|6//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~5\\| |
|///~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\\\| |
|///~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\\\| |
________|///~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\\\| |
|########|///~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\\\| |
|########|///~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\\\| |
|########|~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~| |
|########|~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~| |
| |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~4//~~~~~~| |
_____| |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~///~~~~~~| |
|#####| |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~///~~~~~~| |
|#####| |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~///~~~~~~| |
|#####| |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~///~~~~~~| |
|#####| _____|~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~///~~~~~~| |
C$ |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~| B$ |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~| |
$$ |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~| $$ |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~| |
< |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~| |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~| |
< |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~| |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~| |
|~~~~~~~~~~~~~~| |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~3\\| |
_________|~~~~~~~~~~~~~~|________|~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\\\| |
|~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\\\| |
|~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\\\| |
|~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~2////////~~~~~~\\\| |
|~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~/////////~~~~~~\\\| |
|1\\\\\\\\~~~~~~~~~~~~~~| |
______________|\\\\\\\\\~~~~~~~~~~~~~~| ______________|
|##############| |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~| |
|##############| |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~| |
|##############| |~~~~~~~~~~~| |
|##############| |~~~~~~~~~~~| |
|
_______________________|
|
|
|
__________________|




________
Part 2 |########|
|########|
|########|
|########|
| D$ |
| $$ |
| |
|__ __|
| |
____________________| |_____
|####################| |#####|
|####################| |#####|
|####################| |#####|
|####################|__|#####|
| |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~| |
| ________|~~~~~~~~~~~~~~| |
| |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~7\\| |
| |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\\\| |
| |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\\\| |
| |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\\\| |
| |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\\\| |
________| |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\\\| |_____
|########| |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~8//| |#####|
|########| |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~///| |#####|
|########| |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~///| |#####|
|########| |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~///| |#####|
| |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~///|
| ________|~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~///|
| |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~9\\| >
| |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\\\| >
| |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\\\|
| |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\\\| ______
| |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\\\| |
| |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\\\| |
| |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~| |
| |~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~| |
| |12//////~11\\\\\\~10//////~~~~~~| |
| |////////~\\\\\\\\~////////~~~~~~| |
| |
|__________________________ |
| |
| |



>>>Legend <<<
$ = Chest (A to D)
/ = Log (even)
\ = Log (odd)
~ = Water
# = Wall
< = To part 2
>= To part 1

>>>Walkthrough <<<
-First, head over to log 5 and move it left. Jump of to the north and
get the Sleep Bomb from chest A. Take log 5 back to the right.
-Now roll log 1 all the way up, to log 6, and take log 6 to the right.
-Make your way to log 2, and roll it up. Jump to the right, onto log 6, and
from there via log 5 to the ledge.
-Go to log 3, and take it left to the island. Get 999 Coins from chest B,
and take log 3 back to the ledge.
-Return to log 6, and roll it left so it’s against log 2.
-Now, from log 6, jump south to log 4, and roll this one left to reach the
other side. Get a Water of Life from chest C and move on to part 2.
-First, roll up log 10, 11 and 12.
-Move log 9 to the left, and roll log 11 back down.
-Move log 8 to the left, and roll log 10 back down.
-Now roll log 7 to the left, and jump to the north.
-Check chest D for the Muramasa, and exit this room.


+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ The Ghost Ship +
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

>>>Items <<<
-Demon Mail

>>>Walkthrough <<<
-The chest is a Mimic, fight it if you want.
-Read the boss strategy section for informaion on how to beat him

+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=+
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-|5.13 The Venus LightHouse Part 2 {~513}|
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=+

+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=+
=-=-=Babi's Lighthouse=-=-=
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=+

Once you are done with Crossbone Island head back to Lalivero. Once in
Lalivero head north to get to the road to Babi's Lighthouse. Once on the road
to Babi's Lighthouse head north to eventually run past some downed people and
you will eventually get into a room (this area is the same on that you got the
Jupiter Djinn Luff. Once in here head north-east to get to another door. Go
through the door to get to the next area. In this area follow the path around
to the stairs going up to get to the next area. Once in this area go up the
stairs to get to the next area. In this area head south just a little and go
down the drop thing. You will fall all the way down the Tunnel Ruins.

+=-=-=-=-=-=-+
=-=-=Tunnel Ruins=-=-=
+=-=-=-=-=-=-+

Here follow the path around. There will be a talk here about how to open the
door. Use reveal to find a switch. Flip the switch and a couple of the guys
will try to run through it but it will shut on them. Once the talk finishes
use reveal again and go through the door. Once through the door go to the
north and go through the door to get to the next area. In this area head south
down the stairs and through a door to get to the next area. In this area go
down the stairs. Move one of the pillars all the way to the right and down
one. Go back up the stairs and using the pillar you moved jump over to the
other ledge. Follow the path south to get to the next area. In this area go
south. In this next area jump over the gap, follow the path around another gap
and go through the door to get to the next area. Now, in this area amke your
way to the east to get to another area. Here go up to the statue to find a
treasure chest that has Asura's Armor in it. Now, go back to the previous area
and take the path going south to get to the next area. Once in this area go to
the lowest level you can and push the pillar all the way around. Once you have
pushed it all the way around use douse on the pillar. Head up the stairs and
go next to the pillar and use frost. Now, head up one more level and using the
ice pillar jump to the ledge. Follow the path south to get to the next area.
In this area head across the gap and south to get to the next area. In this
area you have to move five staues to the correct places.

Red Blue
Gold
Green Violet

Go to the east and through the door to get to the next area. In this area
follow the path to the stairs going up to get to the next area. In this area
you will notice there is a Psynergy Stone in the middle. Heal up all your
party members and pick up the Psynergy Stone to restore all your Psynergy.
Once you have picked up the Psynergy Stone head north through the door to get
to the next area. In this area go north down the ladder. Then head north to
go up another ladder by a sandfall. Go west across the sandfall, and then
head south and a little west to find a door. Go through the door to get to the
next area. In this area head west to get to a block. Push the block as far
west as you can, and then use Carry Psynergy to lift the block and drop it into
the hole. Then using the block you just dropped go to the otherside, and
through the door to the north of you to get to the next area. In this area
head north all the way around to get to the top of the sandfall. Go down the
sand fall making your way east. You will get to the other side of the fall and
go east to get to two doors. Take the door to the north to get to a room with
lots of sandfalls. Go up to the third sandfall and walkthrough it to get to
the next area. In this area follow the path to platforms. Jump on the
platforms and take the ones going east to get all the way around. Then go
around through the door.

Now, you come to your first electic puzzle. The point of these electric
puzzles are to make a path from the statue to the end. So, push this block
into the hole. The door will open, and go through it to get to the next area.
Head north and step on the button to have the platform to move and create a new
sandfall. Head south and back around to go down the ladder. Once down the
ladder go north and up the ladder. Go east across the sandfall to get to a
door that takes you to the next area. Head east down the ladder, and use move
psynergy on the left pillar to reveal a hole. Go through the hole and push the
pillar all the way to the left. Then go back through the door and up the
ladder. Go north-west and using the pillar jump to the other ledge. Now, go
through the door to get to the next area.

Once in this area head down the ladder and south to another ladder. Go up the
ladder and through the door to the next area. In this area head south through
the door to get to the next area. Now, here is yet another electric puzzle.

0 = Ending
S = Statue
#1 = Hole #1
#2 = Hole #2
#3 = Hole #3
#4 = Hole #4

0
|
|___#3___#1___
| |_
|___#4___#2_____S

_
There are three blocks in this part a _, _| , and a | . Push the _ in hole
_
#1, _| into hole #4, and | into hole #3. Once you open the door go through it
to get to the next area. Once in this area jump to the ledge in the middle of
this area. Then walk across the sandfall. Head north and using the platform
jump over to the otherside. Once on this ledge go through the door to the
south-west of you. In this room there are two sandfalls. Go through the
second sandfall, and up the stairs to get to the next area. In this area put
two of the stones on the left platform by using Carry Psynergy. After putting
two stones go to the other platform and use it to get over the otherside. Go
east to go through the door to get to the next area. In this area go step onto
the switch. When you step on the switch another sandfall will start flowing.
Go across the platform that just moved over and head north through the door to
get to the next area. In this area you will be next to two sandfalls, but you
will notice that there is still a spot for another sandfall to to flow in. Go
down the first sandfall and to the west. You will be on a path that you
couldn't get on earlier. Once on this path follow it to the door to get to the
next area. In this area follow the path to the door to get to the next area.
Now, you will be in a room with a bunch of sand that is flowing in random
directions. Just follow the path to the door, but before you do that be sure
to open the treasure chest to get the Gaia Blade, which is the best weapon for
Isaac. Once through the door go through the door to the east to get to another
electic puzzle.

This electic puzzle isn't very difficult. However, it is very difficult to
draw out. So, since I can't explain it without too much confusion I will just
let you solve it by your self... sorry. (If some one has a good way of getting
through this puzzle please email me how to). Once you figure out the electric
puzzle go through the door to get to the next area. In this area walk onto the
switch to get the third and final sand fall to flow. Go north and follow the
path to the door to get to the next area. In this area follow the path south
to get to the next area. In this area you will fall onto a sandfall. Head
east to get off the sandfall. Head all the way north and then cross the
sandfall. Once across the sandfall head north to the door to get to the next
area. In this area head west to get to the next area. NOW SAVE RIGHT HERE!!!
FOR THE LOVE OF GOD SAVE YOUR GAME NOW!!! Now, don't save for the rest of the
game, UNLESS you save the game in a different slot, because once you go down
the drop thing there is no return. So, heal all your party members and go use
the psynergy stone. Head down the drop thing and you will land on a floating
platform. You will come up to the top of the lighthouse where you will have
to listen to the longest talk of the game. When the talk is over go over the
platforms to where Saturos and Menardi are. See the boss section of this FAQ
for information on how to beat them.

After defeating Saturos and Menardi they will fuse together and you will have
to fight them again. After you have defeated them there will be more talking
and you will find yourself in Lalivero. In Lalivero go to the room in the
north-western part of town to find a guard guarding a building. You will go in
that building and you will set sail. The game credits will roll, and eventally
it will ask you if you want to save. Save in a different slot than the one
that you did in the Venus Lighthouse. See the Send Option part of this FAQ for
more information on this section.

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
VI. Djinn {~DJ}
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
Djinn are a very important part of the game play in Golden Sun. In Golden Sun
there is a total of 28 Djinn. Djinn allow you to change your class and to
unleash very powerful attacks. This section will tell you where to get all
the Djinn, what the summons are, and the different setups for Djinn.

+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=+
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-|6.1 Djinn Locations {~DL}|
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=+

NOTE: The Djinn are in order that they are found in my Walkthrough.

Name: Name of the Djinn
Type: The type of Djinn (Venus, Mars, Jupiter, or Mercury)
Element: The element of the game (Earth, Fire, Wind, or Water)
Location: Where you find the Djinn.
Fight: Do you have to fight the Djinn to get the Djinn

Name: Flint
Type: Venus
Element: Earth
Location: When you first leave Vale, head south you will run into him.
Fight: No

Name: Forge
Type: Mars
Element: Fire
Location: In Goma Cave, who is on a ledge about a man. To get this Djinn you
will have to move the pillar as far north-east as possible. Then you
will go up to the upper area. You will be able to reach the Djinn by
using that log.
Fight: Yes

Name: Gust
Type: Jupiter
Element: Wind
Location: In Bilibin go to the east side of the town and climb the stairs.
Then, head south walking on a fence. Use Whirlwind get rid of the
vines. Go into the cave. In the cave use Move to move the statue
out of the way. Then you will be able to reach the Djinn.
Fight: ???

Name: Granite
Type: Venus
Element: Earth
Location: In Kolima you will notice a house that has a fence around a Djinn.
Go into the back of the house, to find a secret path. Take this path
to get to the Djinn.
Fight: ???

Name: Breeze
Type:
Element:
Location:
Fight:




+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=+
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-|6.2 Djinn Summons {~DS}|
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=+

Here is a list of all of the summons that there are in the game.

Venus:
1 - Venus
2 - Ramses
3 - Cybele
4 - Judgement

Mars:
1 - Mars
2 - Kirin
3 - Tiamat
4 - Meteor

Jupiter:
1 - Jupiter
2 - Atalanta
3 - Procne
4 - Thor

Mercury:
1 - Mercury
2 - Nereid
3 - Neptune
4 - Boreas

+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=|6.3 Djinn Setups {~DU}|
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+

This Golden Sun Class Setup Guide was written by Christopher Goss AKA aku chi.
If you see any mistakes or anything is missing from this section please e-mail
Christopher Goss AKA aku chi at ChreeBeast@aol.com. Christopher Goss's Class
Setup Guide can be found at
http://www.gamefaqs.com/portable/gbadvance/game/30328.html.

==============
== FOREWORD ==
==============

I've had Golden Sun and Golden Sun: The Lost Age for a long time now, and I've
pretty much done everything that I want to do with these games. The most
intriguing part of the Golden Sun games for me is the class system. I've been
experimenting and studying the class system of Golden Sun and Golden Sun: The
Lost Age as much as I could, and I may finally have become the MASTA CLASSA! I
heard that someone was making a new Golden Sun website and decided to offer a
class guide. That's how this guide was formed.

This guide is not meant to teach the basics of class architecture or to give a
list of all the classes in the game. If you want this information, I suggest
reading the many guides on GameFAQs.com. This guide is meant to help you choose
a class setup that is both unique and powerful.

These abbreviations will be used throughout the guide:

HP: Hit points
PP: Psynergy points
Att: Attack
Def: Defense
Agi: Agility
Luc: Luck
Ave: Average without luck
AwL: Weighted Link Battle class averages with luck

======================
== THE CLASS SYSTEM ==
======================

The class system in Golden Sun follows a few simple rules that can form a nearly
endless amount of outcomes. Changing a character to a new class completely
changes that character's stats as well as the psynergy techniques that are
available to him/her. Classes also affect the elemental levels of each
character. The number of djinn set can determine elemental levels. Each
character starts out with 5 elemental levels of one particular element:

Isaac: Earth
Felix: Earth
Garet: Fire
Jenna: Fire
Ivan: Wind
Sheba: Wind
Mia: Water
Peirs: Water

Each djinn you set adds 1 level of that particular type. What do elemental
levels do, you might ask? Each level adds 5 elemental power and elemental
resistance of that type. Elemental levels make your psynergy attacks stronger
and help you block other's psynergy attacks.

Let's look at how classes affect character stats. Each character has a set of
base stats, which are adjusted each time you gain a level. You may also equip
stat changing items such as weapons to add to your stats. Furthermore, each
djinn gives you a set amount of stat bonuses that differs between each djinn.
The class you're in then further adjusts all of these stats together. The stat
you actually see is worked out like this:

(Base Stats + Djinn Bonuses + Equip Bonuses) * Class Bonuses

The Class Bonus is multiplied to all the other Bonuses combined, which is why
you rarely see a weapon that says Attack +128 actually giving you 128 attack
points (if you are in a good class it will give you more). This is why you
should try to equip the highest offensive weapons to your character with the
highest class attack bonus, and same with defense. I suggest reading through
the entire guide, and experimenting with different class setups before deciding
who will get which items. Djinn can also be manipulated to give the best
results. It makes more sense to give a djinni with an attack bonus to a warrior
class like Ronin. You should be able to find djinn stat bonuses in most Golden
Sun sites, so I won't bother to mention them here.

Now let's look at how classes affect a character's psynergy. Every adept can
control one, two, three, or four elements. Having over three elemental levels
in an element usually assures you of controlling that element. Exceptions
include controlling two additional elements where neither one is the adept's
affinity or trying to control all four elements without equipping a class
changing item (more on that later). For every element that the adept controls
he/she will learn additional psynergy. However, the lower your elemental levels
are, the less damage a psynergy spell will do.

Let me explain the relationships between the elements in detail here. I stole
this concept from TFergussen because it makes my class tutorials much simpler.
All elements have an affinity, an opposite, and a neutral element. Here's a
handy list to explain:
________________________________________________
|__Base__|__Affinity__|__Opposite__|__Neutral__|
|__Earth_| Fire Wind Water
|__Fire__| Earth Water Wind
|__Wind__| Water Earth Fire
|__Water_| Wind Fire Earth


=================================
== GENERAL GOLDEN SUN STRATEGY ==
=================================

In the first Golden Sun game, there are two big issues in choosing a class
setup. The first one is a problem. Some top tier classes in Golden Sun have a
3 3 djinn setup while others have a 3 4 djinn setup. This difference causes
more problems than you could imagine. The second issue is a personal choice
that you must make. Do you want your adepts to control one, two, or three
elements? The more elements an adept controls, the weaker the adept's psynergy
will be. The fewer elements an adept controls, the less psynergy they have
available. You must balance both power and versatility to truly have great
class setups.

I'm going to give you some general advice on making great class setups in Golden
Sun. When fighting monsters, luck is not very important. For this reason, all
stat averages in this section will be without luck. Note that these classes
work best at level 54. The final stage classes are arranged in a 6, 6 1, or 3
3/4 djinn arrangements. This section is arranged as a class setup countdown.
The ranks are entirely my opinion and you do not have to take any notice to
them. I will give you sample classes and their pros and cons. After that, I
will walk you through a tutorial to make your own unique class setups.

==(#6)SINGLE ELEMENT CLASSES(135%)==

In this class setup, all the djinn of each character's base type is set to that
character. This causes each character to focus on one element. The obvious
bonus is the absurdly high elemental power and resistance in the character's
element. It will give them +60 in each of these categories, yielding the
strongest elemental psynergy attacks in the game. Another advantage is the
specialization of stat bonuses. All of the class bonuses will lead up to their
character's strengths. The greatest advantage is the ability to place djinn on
standby for summoning without much of a stat drop. The cons are far more
numerous. Each character is restricted to only one element. This means that
there will be only two healers on the team. It also means that each character
has a relatively low number of psynergy techniques. The stats are the lowest
you can get without trying. Another con is the lack of variety in the category
(1).
| HP | PP | Att| Def| Agi| Lck| Ave|
Ivan - Magister 130% 170% 110% 120% 160% 110% 138%
Garet - Champion 170% 110% 130% 140% 100% 100% 130%
Isaac - Lord 170% 110% 140% 130% 140% 100% 138%
Mia - Paragon 140% 160% 120% 130% 110% 130% 132%

Since there is only one way to fulfill this class category, it's almost
pointless to discuss the pros of this setup. I will say that Mia is the weak
link in this party because of her lack of a powerful elemental or physical
psynergy. There are no attack dropping or resistance dropping psynergy.

Again, since there is only one setup in this category, a tutorial is pointless.

==(#5)TRIPLE TRIPLE(143%)==

By triple triple, I mean that the most common way to form this class arrangement
is to start mixing djinn in the 3 3/4 arrangements until one character is left
without a good class. You can obviously see my distaste for the class
arrangement. It does however, have its pros. The greatest pro is that three
characters will be in classes with very good stats. Another pro is that there
will always be a few djinn for leftover summoning. The 3 3/4 classes have a
good blend of psynergy (3 elements per character) and allow great versatility.
The con is an obvious one. The leftover character has a class that is far
inferior. You'll find that you either spend all your time healing that
character, or just let him/her die. As with all 3 3/4 classes, the elemental
levels are spread so thin that using elemental psynergy attacks effectively is
nearly impossible.
| HP | PP | Att| Def| Agi| Lck| Ave|
Ivan - White Mage 150% 180% 130% 130% 150% 130% 148%
Isaac - Ninja 160% 140% 150% 120% 170% 80% 148%
Garet - Samurai 190% 130% 150% 140% 140% 90% 150%
Mia - Ascetic 120% 140% 110% 120% 140% 120% 126%

I'm sure you've seen this class setup if you've been to any GS forum. And for a
good reason: it's the best triple triple class setup. Isaac, Garet, and Ivan
are all in classes that play up to their strengths. Ninja, Samurai, and White
mage are the best three 3 3/4 classes in the game. Ivan has a good range of
healing psynergy including Revive. There are no defense dropping or resistance
dropping psynergy. Mia also has the Wish series, Cure Poison, and good
elemental psynergy. The Ascetic is the best of the worst so-to-say. It has
horrible stats but good psynergy that almost makes up for it.

Creating a triple triple class setup is very simple. Just pick out three adepts
and three 3 3/4 classes to go with them. Make sure you don't use up more than 7
of each djinn. Then whatever's left on the final character is his/her class.

==(#4)DOUBLE DOUBLE(142%)==

A setup that is not often used, the double double places two characters in 6 1
classes and 2 characters in the 6 classes. A pro of this class is that it has
the ability to combine the best of two worlds. It can safely omit Mia's Paragon
class and have double element classes (6 1). It is still on the power over
versatility side. Now you can have three healers and multiple strong spells in
one arrangement. Summons can still be used without major stat deductions. Some
cons include the misbalance of stat bonuses because of the asymmetrical layout
and the lack of good classes.
| HP | PP | Att| Def| Agi| Lck| Ave|
Ivan - Magister 130% 170% 110% 120% 160% 110% 138%
Garet - Luminier 170% 130% 140% 140% 130% 120% 142%
Isaac - Lord 170% 110% 140% 130% 140% 100% 138%
Mia - Water Monk 150% 160% 130% 140% 160% 120% 148%

I favor this setup because it uses arguably the two best 6 classes. Isaac and
Ivan both get an incredibly powerful elemental psynergy attack. Mia is put in a
great healing class with versatile psynergy. The weak link in this party is
Garet. His stats are pretty good and he is a great healer, however he has
horrible attack psynergy. There are no stat dropping spells at all.

Put everyone is their base classes. Now choose the two adepts that will be in
the 6 1 classes. Now swap six djinn between the two adepts and you'll have your
classes.

==(#3)TRIPLE ELEMENT CLASSES(143%)==

Now we're getting good! The obvious pro in this category is versatility.
Every character can wield three different elements. Summons can be used
effectively if a little strategy is implemented. The stats are pretty evenly
spread and are very good. The cons of these class setups are weak djinn spread
and lack of great classes. Nobody will have higher than elemental level 5 in
any element. This causes less focus to be put on elemental psynergy and more
focus to be put on elemental physical attacks. Because of the coveted wind
djinn only two great classes will be able to be in play at the same time.
| HP | PP | Att| Def| Agi| Lck| Ave|
Ivan - White Mage 150% 180% 130% 130% 150% 130% 148%
Isaac - Dragoon 160% 130% 140% 140% 110% 130% 136%
Garet - Samurai 190% 130% 150% 140% 140% 90% 150%
Mia - Ranger 130% 160% 120% 120% 160% 120% 138%

I like this setup because it lets everyone's stats and psynergy lead up to their
strengths. The dragoon and ranger classes are the 'weak' classes of the group.
However, the Ranger class is a great spell casting class and Dragoon is a great
healing class. Samurai is the best warrior class and White Mage is another
great healing and spell casting class. There are no defense dropping or
resistance dropping psynergy. I don't advise using the Medium class.

First, set three djinn to every adept of the adept's affinity's type. Now set
three more djinn on either the djinn's opposite or neutral adept. If you want a
Samurai or a White Mage (you can only have one of each) set one more wind or
earth djinn.

==(#2)DOUBLE TRIPLE(146%)==

The runner up, the double triple arrangement places two characters in a 3 3
class and two characters in a 6 1 class. The pros are some of the best stats
and psynergy possible. It also has great versatility while maintaining some
good power. This setup allows most of the best classes to come into play. The
cons are few. The setup makes handling summons very difficult. It also
prohibits the use of 3 4 classes. I advise this setup to anyone who can't let
go of their 3 3 classes entirely but still wants to get better classes.
| HP | PP | Att| Def| Agi| Lck| Ave|
Ivan - Sage 150% 180% 120% 130% 170% 120% 150%
Isaac - Ninja 160% 140% 150% 120% 170% 80% 148%
Garet - Berserker 180% 110% 160% 130% 150% 70% 146%
Mia - Ranger 130% 160% 120% 120% 160% 120% 138%

I absolutely suggest this setup to everyone. It puts Garet and Ivan in arguably
the best warrior and spell casting classes in the game. It places Isaac in the
versatile and exotic Ninja class and Mia in a great intermediary class. It also
gives a powerful elemental psynergy attack of each element to two characters.
There are no defense upping, attack dropping, or resistance dropping psynergy.

It took me until 2003 to figure out how to make this setup. Choose two
characters that can use the same six djinn to make 3 3 classes. Set those
djinn. Now set six djinn of the 3 3 characters' base type to one of the other
characters. Leave one djinn of their base type on both of the 6 1 adepts.
Choose where to put the remaining two djinn.

==(#1)DOUBLE ELEMENT CLASSES(149%)==

This is my favorite arrangement for obvious reasons (look at the stat percents
at the end of the category titles). Not only does this class have the best
stats, but it also has the perfect balance of versatility vs. power. Each
character is in a 6 1 class, giving them two elements at their control. Because
of the rigidness of the 6 1 classes, you're guarantied 2 healers and usually 2
characters with each strong elemental psynergy attack. Because of this
rigidness, summoning becomes impossible without suffering a major drop in stats.
| HP | PP | Att| Def| Agi| Lck| Ave|
Mia - Water Monk 150% 160% 130% 140% 160% 120% 148%
Isaac - Conjurer 170% 160% 140% 130% 160% 90% 152%
Garet - Berserker 180% 110% 160% 130% 150% 70% 146%
Ivan - Sage 150% 180% 120% 130% 170% 120% 150%

For good or for bad, this is the category with the most class combinations. I
feel that these are the best classes in the game. Garet is in the supreme
warrior class with the best attack. Ivan is in the best spell casting class
with Spark Plasma and Freeze Prism. Isaac and Mia are both in great
intermediary classes with powerful psynergy. There are no defense upping or
attack dropping psynergy.

This one's simple enough to make. Set one djinn of the base type to each adept.
Now decide where the other six djinn of each type go.

==THE BIG BOARD==

1Hl - Potent Cure or Pure Ply
Wis - Pure Wish
Rst - Restore
CrP - Cure Poison
Rvv - Revive
Brk - Break
St^ - Statistic boosting psynergy (series)
Stv - Statistic dropping or status inflicting psynergy (series)
EPA - Elemental Physical Attacks
180 - Elemental Psynergy with a base damage at or above 180
200 - Grand Gaia
_____________________________________________
_______________________|1Hl|Wis|Rst|CrP|Rvv|Brk|St^|Stv|EPA|180|200|
|Single element classes_| 2 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 1 |
|Triple triple__________| 0 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 4 | 6 | 5 | 5 | 0 |
|Double double__________| 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 4 | 1 |
|Triple element classes_| 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 5 | 4 | 4 | 3 | 0 |
|Double triple__________| 0 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 7 | 4 | 4 | 0 |
|Double element classes_| 0 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 7 | 2 | 5 | 1 |

==CUSTOM CLASSES==

Of course, you can just ignore my suggestions and make some class decisions of
your own. First off, play to your character's strengths. Don't make Garet a
spell caster or Ivan a warrior. Second, distribute your wind djinn with care.
The most powerful classes all use wind djinn heavily. Make sure you realize
that Ivan can be in a White Mage and Sage class with 0 and 1 wind djinn
respectively. Use this to your advantage. Fire djinn are always a safe bet on
anyone. Earth djinn usually produce bad results with Ivan and Mia (White Mage
is an exception). Water djinn are always bad on Isaac and Garet. Give them to
Ivan!


=====================================
== GOLDEN SUN LINK BATTLE STRATEGY ==
=====================================

This section is entirely my opinion which, if you've been reading this guide,
you've hopefully come to respect. Because humans tend to play dirty, luck is
very important in Link Battles. All averages will include luck and be weighted
according to their type. Note that these classes work best at level 54.

==THE THEORY==

My theory, largely untested, is that the best link battle classes comprise of a
warrior, an intermediary, and a spell caster. Garet should always be in a
warrior class. Ivan should similarly be in a spell caster class. Either Isaac
or Mia in an intermediary class fills the third slot. The warrior should always
be in the middle so he can take the blunt of the damage. Through extensive
research and the help of a 7-hour car trip, I have deduced that the best
practical classes are as follows:

==WARRIOR CLASSES==

The warrior class should focus on attacks and elemental physical attacks (EPAs).
It should also be able to take the blunt of all the enemies' attacks. The ideal
warrior class's stat order:

Attack (1.5), HP (1.3), Defense (1), Luck (.9), Agility (.8), PP (.5)

There are two exceptional Warrior classes with their pros and cons:

| HP | PP | Att| Def| Agi| Lck| AwL|
Beserker: 180% 110% 160% 130% 150% 70% 141%
The Berserker class has great stat bonuses in all the appropriate areas. It has
the highest attack in the game, and can withstand serious damage. It also has
an unusually high agility rating which is always good. It's lacking in the luck
section so you might have to restore him often. Its EPA Planet Diver is good
fire damage. It has the Impair and Haunt series. Its best psynergy is Revive.
The warrior should never die first so he can always revive others.

| HP | PP | Att| Def| Agi| Lck| AwL|
Samurai: 190% 130% 150% 140% 140% 90% 145%
The Samurai class is great at soaking up damage. It also has a high attack
bonus and some acceptable luck. It has terrible elemental psynergy but Quick
Strike is the best EPA in Golden Sun. It also has all three stat upping
psynergies. Demon Night and Helm Splitter can inflict a foe with a negative
status.

==INTERMEDIARY CLASSES==

The intermediary should have stats that are well balanced and equal. He/she
should be able to deliver strong elemental psynergy and its great to be able to
attack with EPAs as well. The intermediary should be the only character that
changes strategy mid-game if a pattern in the enemy is detected. All of the
stats are equally important as an intermediary.

Isaac has two great intermediary classes and Mia has one:

| HP | PP | Att| Def| Agi| Lck| AwL|
Ninja: 160% 140% 150% 120% 170% 80% 137%
The Ninja class is exotic and powerful. It has well-rounded stats except it's
lacking in luck but exceptional at agility. It has both a powerful elemental
psynergy (Thunderstorm) and two great EPAs (Annihilation and Death Plunge) that
not only deal great damage but also have a special infliction that happens
almost half of the time. It also has the psynergy Mist that can wrap the whole
enemy's party in delusion.

| HP | PP | Att| Def| Agi| Lck| AwL|
Conjurer: 170% 160% 140% 130% 160% 90% 142%
Housing the best stats in the game, the Conjurer is not to be underestimated. It
possesses Grand Gaia (the strongest attack in the game) and Astral Blast (an
acceptable EPA). But its real strength lies with its two stat upping series and
its four stat decreasing and status infliction series.

| HP | PP | Att| Def| Agi| Lck| AwL|
Water Monk: 150% 160% 130% 140% 160% 120% 143%
Mia as a Water Monk has good stats in everything except attack. Great luck.
The only problem with this class is it's just a second, tougher, spell caster.
Her elemental psynergy is great (Pyroclasm and Freeze Prism) and she also has
Break. She functions as a healer with Pure Wish, Restore and Cure Poison.
There are no EPAs and no incentive to attack.

==SPELL CASTING CLASSES==

Spell casters have only one role in life. Knock everyone out with powerful
elemental psynergy attacks. Oh, and they heal too. This makes psynergy and
agility both very important. Attack is meaningless but HP and defense are
useful. The ideal spell caster's stat order:

PP (1.6), Agility (1.4), HP (1.1), Luck (1), Defense (.7), Attack (.2)

Ivan has two great spell casting classes:

| HP | PP | Att| Def| Agi| Lck| AwL|
Sage: 150% 180% 120% 130% 170% 120% 154%
The Sage is the perfect spell caster with great agility. It has high elemental
power and great elemental psynergy (Spark Plasma and Freeze Prism). It has the
Impact series, Break, and Bind. It functions as a healer with Pure Wish,
Restore and Cure Poison.

| HP | PP | Att| Def| Agi| Lck| AwL|
White Mage: 150% 180% 130% 130% 150% 130% 152%
The White Mage class has the same two elemental psynergy attacks as the Sage but
it functions as a complete healer with Wish, Revive, Cure Poison, and Restore.
Its stats aren't quite as good as the Sage's stats. It does have both a stat
upping and a stat dropping psynergy series.

==TOGETHER NOW==

There are only five combinations of these classes that have both Revive and Pure
Wish. Choose one that's to your liking. Here they are:

Isaac - Ninja
Garet - Samurai
Ivan - White Mage

The only class setup with a Ninja and a Samurai. No double element adepts makes
this setup weak at elemental psynergy. Great at EPAs. No Break.

Isaac - Ninja
Garet - Berserker
Ivan - Sage

One of my favorites. Well rounded, but low luck makes it open to status
infliction.

Isaac - Conjurer
Garet - Berserker
Ivan - Sage

Same as the last one except Isaac is now better at spell casting and stat
upping.

Mia - Water Monk
Garet - Samurai
Ivan - White Mage

A nice balance. Mia's good spell casting makes up for the small loss in Ivan's.
High luck makes this setup great against opponents who like to use status
infliction.

Mia - Water Monk
Garet - Berserker
Ivan - Sage

A spell casting heavy setup with poor EPAs.

All right, that's all folks. If you're having trouble with a link battle
competitor these classes will work great. But don't forget the one thing that's
even more important than classes: strategy.

==================================
== GOLDEN SUN IMPORTANT BATTLES ==
==================================

Classes aren't only good for maxing out your stats and psynergy at the end of
the game. These are a few difficult battles where you might need to rearrange
your classes to help you win.

==TRET==

*Requirements:
1 earth and wind djinn
All characters at level 6
*Classes:
Isaac: Apprentice (1 wind)
Strategy: Use Gaia.
Garet: Guard (1 fire)
Strategy: Use Flare Wall.
Ivan: Seer (1 earth)
Strategy: Use Flash Bolt and heal with Cure.

==SATUROUS (in Mercury Lighthouse)==

*Requirements:
1 fire, earth, and wind djinn. 2 water djinn.
Ivan at level 10, Isaac and Garet at level 11, Mia at level 12.
*Classes:
Ivan: Pilgrim (1 fire)
Strategy: Use Wind Slash.
Garet: Page (1 wind)
Strategy: Use Astral Blast and Ward.
Isaac: Defender (2 water)
Strategy: Use Cutting Edge and heal with Ply if needed.
Mia: Seer (1 earth)
Strategy: Heal with Cure Well and use Mad Growth.

==KILLER APE==

*Requirements:
2 of each djinn.
Isaac at level 13. Garet, Ivan, and Mia at level 12.
*Classes:
Mia: Elder (2 wind)
Strategy: Use Plasma.
Isaac: Illusionist (2 fire)
Strategy: Use Planet Diver.
Garet: Defender (2 water)
Strategy: Use Mad Blast and heal with Ply.
Ivan: Diviner (2 earth)
Strategy: Use Mad Growth.

==HYDROS STATUE==

*Requirements:
2 of each djinn.
All characters at level 14.
*Classes:
Mia: Scribe (2 water)
Strategy: Heal with Ply every turn.
Isaac: Knight (2 earth)
Strategy: Use Ragnarok and Cure Well if needed.
Garet: Soldier (2 fire)
Strategy: Use Heat Wave or Fireball.
Ivan: Magician (2 wind)
Strategy: Use Storm Ray.

==MANTICORE==

*Requirements:
2 of each djinn.
All characters at level 16.
*Classes:
Mia: Diviner (2 earth)
Strategy: Use Froth Sphere or Cure Well.
Isaac: Defender (2 water)
Strategy: Use Cutting Edge or Ply Well.
Garet: Illusionist (2 wind)
Strategy: Use Astral Blast.
Ivan: Wanderer (2 fire)
Strategy: Use Wind Slash.

==KRAKEN==

*Requirements:
4 water djinn. 2 earth, fire, and wind djinn.
All characters at level 17.
*Classes:
Mia: Cleric (4 water)
Strategy: Heal with Wish every turn.
Isaac: Ruffian (2 fire)
Strategy: Use Planet Diver all day long.
Garet: Ruffian (2 earth)
Strategy: Use Planet diver all day long.
Ivan: Magician (2 wind)
Strategy: Use Impact on Isaac and Garet (alternate) until they're maxed. Then
use Storm Ray.

==TOADONPA==

*Requirements:
4 of each djinn.
All characters at level 22.
*Classes:
Ivan: Shaman (4 earth)
Strategy: Use Blue bolt and Revive when necessary.
Isaac: Savage (4 fire)
Strategy: Use Nova and Revive when necessary.
Garet: Cavalier (4 water)
Strategy: Heal with Wish or attack.
Mia: Scholar (4 wind)
Strategy: Heal with Wish and use Bind.

==STORM LIZARD==

*Requirements:
6 of each djinn.
Isaac, Garet, and Mia at level 25. Ivan at level 26.
*Classes:
Mia: Ranger (3 wind, 3 fire)
Strategy: Use Eruption.
Isaac - Dragoon (3 fire, 3 water)
Strategy: Use Cutting Edge. Use Ply Well and Wish Well when needed.
Garet - Ninja (3 earth, 3 wind)
Strategy: Just attack.
Ivan - Medium (3 water, 3 earth)
Heal with Potent Cure and Revive. Otherwise, use Curse.

==DEADBEARD==

*Requirements:
All the djinn
Garet and Mia at level 28, and Isaac and Ivan at level 29
*Classes:
Isaac: Berserker (1 earth, 5 fire)
Strategy: Just use Wild Growth, Condemn and Revive (when needed).
Garet: Luminier (1 fire, 6 water)
Strategy: Just use Fiery Blast and heal with Wish Well and Ply Well.
Ivan: Druid (1 wind, 6 earth)
Strategy: Just use Wild Growth and heal with Revive and Potent Cure.
Mia: Sage (1 water, 6 wind)
Strategy: Just use Shine Plasma and heal with Wish Well.

==SATUROUS AND MENARDI AND THE FUSION DRAGON (in Venus Lighthouse)==

*Requirements:
6 earth and wind djinn and 7 fire and water djinn
All characters at level 29, Ivan at level 30
*Classes:
Isaac: Dragoon (1 earth optional)
Strategy: Use Cutting edge or Wild Growth and heal with Wish Well.
Garet: Berserker
Strategy: Use Wild Growth, attack or Revive.
Ivan: Ranger (1 wind optional)
Strategy: Use Deluge all day long.
Mia: Sage
Strategy: Heal with Wish Well or use Hail Prism.

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
VII. Items {~IT}
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=


+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=+
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-|7.1 Weapons {~WP}|
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=+

+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=|7.2 Armors {~AM}|
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+

+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=|7.3 Artifacts {~ART}|
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+

This Golden Sun Artifacts Guide was written by Rocket Trekkie Evoli. If you see
any mistakes or anything is missing from this section please e-mail Rocket
Trekkie Evoli at eeveegin@yahoo.com. Rocket Trekkie Evoli Artifacts Guide can
be found at http://www.gamefaqs.com/portable/gbadvance/game/30328.html.

****************
INTRODUCTION
****************

This is a guide to the many magical artifacts and items available in the Game
Boy Advance game Golden Sun. I wrote this guide assuming that you, the reader,
have this game and already know how to play it, unless you're like me and you
like to read strategy guides even if you don't have the game.

Unlike the other items available from stores, Artifacts can be bought back from
a store if they are dropped or sold, and have magical properties. As you
progress through the game, artifacts appear on the shops' Artifact Lists. Once
an artifact appears in a shop's Artifact List, it will stay there on all of
those shops' Artifact Lists until it is bought, unlike regular items which
differ depending on what town you're in. If you find an artifact and sell it to
a shop, it will show up in the Artifact List. Artifacts also show up in the
List if you drop them from your item inventory. Artifacts appear in a Weapon,
Armor, or Item Shop's artifact list, depending on the artifact.
Artifacts are divided into three classes: Weapon, Armor, and Item. Artifacts
are a good deal more expensive than normal weapons and armor, but they are
usually worth the investment.

Notes on Artifacts
==================
Price: Items can be sold to a shop for 75% of the shop price. You can sell any
items at any shop, and the artifact will go to its Artifact List.

Quantity: Most artifacts are unique and you can only get one of each. However,
you can get multiples of some artifacts, like Item Drops and Tolbi Springs
items. The Artifact list keeps track of how many of each item you've put on the
List.

Obtaining Artifacts: Artifacts appear in the List as you progress through the
game and visit more towns. Artifacts can also be obtained by receiving them
from people or treasure chests, the Lucky Wheels slot game in Tolbi, by using a
Lucky Medal in Tolbi Springs, or (rarely) from monsters after winning a battle.
Artifacts obtained after defeating a monster are known as Rare Item Drops,
since they are harder to obtain than other item drops such as Antidotes, Nuts,
and Vials.

Curse: Some items are cursed, meaning that once you equip it, you can't remove
it unless you visit a Sanctum and have the Healer remove the curse. If you have
a cursed item equipped, there is a chance of you being "bound and unable it
move" for one turn in battle. The Cleric's Ring protects you from this effect
of curses, but you'll still need to visit a Sanctum to remove the cursed item.

Break: Rings and some Weapon and Armor artifacts can be used to heal or change
stats during battle. Some artifacts say that "it may break if used in battle,"
meaning that there is a chance of the item breaking after you use it. (How a
dress or hat can "break" is beyond me.) If an item is broken, it will still
affect your statistics in battle, but you won't be able to use its special
powers again until you get it repaired at a shop. Items used for healing can be
used outside of battle, and may still break. Armor and weapon artifacts in your
inventory but not equipped can be used in battle, but only if you can equip it.

Unique Artifacts: The only artifacts that don't show up in the Artifact List
when you drop them or sell them are the Fur Coat and the Psynergy Armor. Once
you get rid of them, they're gone for good. They're not exactly the best armor
in the game, however, so it doesn't really matter.


********************
WEAPON ARTIFACTS
********************

Weapon Artifacts
================

Weapons are divided into five classes: Long Sword, Light Blade, Axe, Mace, and
Staff. Isaac and Garet can equip Long Swords, Light Blades, Axes, and Maces;
Ivan can equip Light Blades and Staffs; and Mia can equip Maces and Staffs. For
you sharkers, Jenna can equip Light Blades and Staffs. Weapons affect the
user's Attack status.
Most weapon artifacts have unleashes, hidden magic attacks that may be released
when the weapon is used. Unleashes are based on one of four elements: Earth,
Fire, Wind, and Water. Unleashes may have secondary effects on the monster they
are used on, such as a status change or lowering statistics. Normally, weapon
attacks without an unleash are neutral attacks, but a few weapons are aligned
with one of the four Elements, and attacks take the opponent's elemental
resistances and weaknesses into account.
There are three weapons (Kusanagi, Masamune, Sol Blade) that are in the game's
code but cannot be obtained through normal gameplay; you must use a hacking
device to get them.

Weapon Artifact entry:

Name of weapon
--------------
Where this weapon can be obtained (Town, if from Artifact List)
Price of weapon in shop
Element of weapon, if any
Effects on user's statistics
Name of unleash (Element of unleash)
Secondary effects of unleash, if any
Other notes on weapon


Long Swords
===========
Equippable by Isaac and Garet

Shamshir
--------
Artifacts list (Lunpa)
10000 coins
Attack +99
Acid Bath (Fire)
May drop opponent's Attack

Silver Blade
------------
Artifacts list (Lalivero)
12000 coins
Attack +108
Aqua Sock (Water)

Arctic Blade
------------
Fuchin Falls Cave
2600 coins
Attack +55
Blizzard (Water)
May drop opponent's Attack

Gaia Blade
----------
Upper floors of Venus Lighthouse
17000 coins
Element: Earth
Attack +135
Earth Power +20, Earth Resistance +20
Titan Blade (Earth)

Muramasa
--------
Ninth floor of Crossbone Isle Cave
13600 coins
Attack +126
Demon Fire (Fire)
May draw evil spirits to opponent
Cursed

Masamune
--------
Only available if you use a Gameshark or other hacking device
Attack +115
Sells for 10050 coins
No unleash

Sol Blade
---------
Only available if you use a Gameshark or other hacking device
Attack +138
Sells for 14250 coins
No unleash


Light Blades
============
Equippable by Isaac, Garet, and Ivan

Ninja Blade
-----------
Artifacts list (Lunpa)
8800 coins
Attack +94
Cyclone Attack (Wind)
May drop opponent's Resistance

Swift Sword
-----------
Artifacts list (Lalivero)
9400 coins
Attack +104
Wind Power +10
Sonic Smash (Wind)
May hit multiple times

Elven Rapier
------------
Bilibin Cave
2200 coins
Element: Wind
Attack +44
Vorpal Slash (Wind)

Assassin Blade
--------------
Tolbi Springs
7800 coins
Attack +90
Mortal Danger (Earth)
May drain opponent's spirit, one-hit kill

Mystery Blade
-------------
Second floor of Crossbone Isle Cave
6400 coins
Attack +84
Life Nourish (Earth)
May recover some of user's HP

Kikuichimonji
-------------
Rare Item Drop
Dropped by Fenrirs in upper Venus Lighthouse
13400 coins
Attack +128
Asura (Wind)

Bandit's Sword
--------------
Dropped by Thieves in Vault
700 coins
Attack +12
Rapid Smash (Wind)
May hit multiple times

Kusanagi
--------
Only available if you use a Gameshark or other hacking device
Sells for 14250 coins
Attack +135
No unleash


Axes
====
Equippable by Isaac and Garet

Dragon Axe
----------
Artifacts list (Lunpa)
10300 coins
Attack +100
Heat Mirage (Fire)
May delude opponent

Giant Axe
---------
Rare Item Drop
Dropped by Earth Golems in Suhalla Pass and lower Venus Lighthouse
14000 coins
Attack +114
Meltdown (Fire)
May drop opponent's Defense

Vulcan Axe
----------
Lamakan Desert
4600 coins
Element: Fire
Attack +76
Barrage (Fire)
May stun opponent

Burning Axe
-----------
Tolbi Springs
7500 coins
Element: Fire
Attack +84
Broil (Fire)

Demon Axe
---------
Sixth floor of Crossbone Isle Cave
1600 coins
Attack +132
Poison Cloud (Earth)
May poison opponent
Cursed


Maces
=====
Equippable by Isaac, Garet, and Mia

Righteous Mace
--------------
Artifacts list (Lalivero)
8400 coins
Attack +112
HP recovery +3
Blinding Smog (Wind)
May delude opponent

Grievous Mace
-------------
Tolbi Springs
7000 coins
Element: Earth
Attack +88
Terra Strike (Earth)

Blessed Mace
------------
Rare Item Drop
Dropped by Thunder Lizards in upper Venus Lighthouse
14500 coins
Attack +126
HP recovery +2
No unleash
Use to replenish 200 HP, may break if used

Wicked Mace
-----------
Seventh floor of Crossbone Isle Cave
13800 coins
Attack +130
Poison Death (Earth)
May strike opponent with deadly venom
Cursed


Staffs
======
Equippable by Ivan and Mia

Magic Rod
---------
Artifacts list
380 coins
Attack +16
Murk (Wind)
May put opponent to sleep

Witch's Wand
------------
Artifacts list (Bilibin); Mia
860 coins
Attack +32
Stun Voltage (Wind)
May stun opponent

Blessed Ankh
------------
Artifacts list (Imil)
1600 coins
Attack +46
Psyphon Seal (Wind)
May seal opponent's Psynergy

Psynergy Rod
------------
Artifacts list (Altin)
3800 coins
Attack +64
Psynergy Leech (Water)
May recover some of user's PP

Frost Wand
----------
Artifacts list (Kalay)
5400 coins
Element: Water
Attack +76
Frost Bite (Water)
May stun opponent

Angelic Ankh
------------
Artifacts list (Tolbi)
6400 coins
Attack +83
Life Leech (Water)
May recover some of user's HP

Demonic Staff
-------------
Artifacts list (Lunpa)
10000 coins
Attack +92
Bad Omen (Earth)
May draw evil spirits to opponent
Cursed

Crystal Rod
-----------
Artifacts list (Lalivero)
13400 coins
Attack +106
Drown (Water)
May suffocate opponent, one-hit kill

Zodiac Wand
-----------
Rare Item Drop
Dropped by Grand Golems in upper Venus Lighthouse
11400 coins
Attack +102
Shining Star (Wind)
May delude opponent

Shaman's Rod
------------
Recovered from thieves in Vault
Can't be dropped or sold
Attack +10
The Shaman's Rod is included in this guide because even though it isn't quite
an artifact, it's certainly not a regular item, so I put it in here.


*******************
ARMOR ARTIFACTS
*******************

Armor Artifacts
===============
Armor is used to protect the body from attacks. Armor can protect four areas of
the body: head, body, arms, and feet. Normally, only one piece of armor can be
worn on an area at a time, but the three Shirts obtained from the Lucky Wheels
slot game in Tolbi can be worn under other body armor.
Head: Helm, Crown, Hat, Circlet
Body: Armor, Clothing, Robe, Shirt
Arms: Shield, Gloves, Bracelet
Feet: Boots

Armor can be equipped by: Isaac and Garet
Clothing: All
Robe: Ivan and Mia
Shield: Isaac and Garet
Gloves: All
Bracelet: Ivan and Mia
Helm: Isaac and Garet
Crown: All
Hat: All
Circlet: Ivan and Mia
Shirt: All
Boots: All
The China Dress, Cocktail Dress, Oracle's Robe, Glittering Tiara, and Silk
Shirt are only equippable on Mia.

Sample Armor Artifact entry:

Name of armor
-------------
Where this armor can be obtained (Town, if from Artifact List)
Price of armor in shop
Effects on user's statistics
Other notes on armor


Armor
=====
Equippable by Isaac and Garet

Spirit Armor
------------
Tolbi Springs
4000 coins
Defense +32
Earth, Fire, Wind, and Water Resistance +15

Dragon Scales
-------------
Upper floors of Venus Lighthouse
17000 coins
Defense +44
Water and Fire Resistance +30

Demon Mail
----------
Chest revealed after you defeat Deadbeard in Crossbone Isle Cave
17000 coins
Defense +50
Wind Resistance -10
Cursed

Asura's Armor
-------------
Tunnel Ruins (right path, hidden in statue)
15000 coins
Defense +42
Attack +5
HP recovery +8

Spiked Armor
------------
Rare Item Drop
Dropped by Chimera Mages in Babi Lighthouse, Tunnel Ruins, upper Venus
Lighthouse
14000 coins
Defense +34
Attack +10
Critical Hits increase

Psynergy Armor
--------------
Mercury Lighthouse
Doesn't show up in Artifact List, sells for 750 coins
Defense +21
Maximum PP +20
If you sell this item, you can't buy it back from the Armor Shop.

Clothing
========
Equippable by everyone

Elven Shirt
-----------
Mogall Forest
1700 coins
Defense +22
Agility x1.5

Water Jacket
------------
Hammet Palace
3000 coins
Defense +30
Water Resistance +30, Fire Resistance +20

Storm Gear
----------
Fourth floor of Crossbone Isle Cave
9800 coins
Defense +42
Water, Fire, and Wind Resistance +30

Kimono
------
Tolbi Springs
2800 coins
Defense +25
Fire Resistance +10
Agility +10

Ninja Garb
----------
Fifth floor of Crossbone Isle Cave
6900 coins
Defense +36
Agility +30
Wind Resistance +10

Fur Coat
--------
Kolima Forest
Doesn't show up in Artifact List, sells for 300 coins
Defense +16
Water Resistance +20
If you sell this item, you can't buy it back from the Armor Shop.

Robes
=====
Equippable by Ivan and Mia

China Dress
-----------
Artifacts list (Xian)
1600 coins
Defense +19
Drops enemy Attack, may break if used
Only Mia can equip this

Cocktail Dress
--------------
Tolbi Springs
4000 coins
Defense +29
Maximum PP +15
Only Mia can equip this

Blessed Robe
------------
Artifacts list (Lunpa)
7000 coins
Defense +36
HP recovery +5

Magical Cassock
---------------
Artifacts list (Lalivero)
9000 coins
Defense +39
PP recovery +2

Feathered Robe
--------------
Rare Item Drop
Dropped by Wild Gryphons in Babi Lighthouse, Tunnel Ruins, upper Venus
Lighthouse
14000 coins
Defense +45
Wind Power +20, Wind Resistance +30
Agility +30

Oracle's Robe
-------------
Tunnel Ruins (left path, hidden in statue)
13500 coins
Defense +43
Water Resistance +40
HP recovery +10
Only Mia can equip this

Shields
=======
Equippable by Isaac and Garet

Mirrored Shield
---------------
Artifacts list (Lalivero)
5200 coins
Defense +39
Deludes enemies, may break if used

Dragon Shield
-------------
Altin Peak
2400 coins
Defense +26
Fire Resistance +30

Earth Shield
------------
Tolbi Springs
4100 coins
Defense +31
Earth Resistance +20
Use to restore 150 HP, may break if used

Gloves
======
Equippable by everyone

Vambrace
--------
Vault Cave
1800 coins
Defense +27
Attack +5

War Gloves
----------
Artifacts list (Lunpa)
4000 coins
Defense +32
Attack +10

Spirit Gloves
-------------
Kalay Tunnel
5200 coins
Defense +34
Earth, Fire, Wind, and Water Power +5

Battle Gloves
-------------
Tolbi Springs
2100 coins
Defense +26
Attack +8

Aura Gloves
-----------
Rare Item Drop
Dropped by Magicores in the Suhalla Desert
6500 coins
Defense +36
Use to boost Resistance, may break if used

Bracelets
=========
Equippable by Ivan and Mia

Spirit Armlet
-------------
Artifacts list (Lalivero)
9000 coins
Defense +38
Earth and Water Power +10
Use to cure ailments, may break if used

Virtuous Armlet
---------------
Suhalla Desert
7000 coins
Defense +35
Fire and Wind Power +10
Use to restore 100 HP, may break if used

Guardian Armlet
---------------
Tolbi Springs
2600 coins
Defense +27
Use to boost Defense, may break if used

Helms
=====
Equippable by Isaac and Garet

Warrior's Helm
--------------
Lalivero
10000 coins
Defense +35
Earth Power +10
Critical Hits increase

Adept's Helm
------------
Tolbi Springs
3700 coins
Defense +29
Maximum PP x1.2

Crowns
======
Equippable by everyone

Jeweled Crown
-------------
Artifacts list (Lalivero)
4000 coins
Defense +35
Luck +5

Lucky Cap
---------
Lower floors of Venus Lighthouse
5200 coins
Defense +33
Critical Hits increase
PP recovery +2

Thunder Crown
-------------
Upper floors of Venus Lighthouse
7500 coins
Defense +40
PP recovery +4
Cursed

Hats
====
Equippable by everyone

Ninja Hood
----------
Tolbi Springs
2800 coins
Defense +28
Agility +20

Prophet's Hat
-------------
Rare Item Drop
Dropped by Dread Hounds in Altmiller Cave
4600 coins
Defense +30
Use to put a curse on opponent, may break if used

Lure Cap
--------
Receive from Babi if you win all three Colosso battles
3000 coins
Defense +20
Monster encounters increase

Circlets
========
Equippable by Ivan and Mia

Mythril Circlet
---------------
Lunpa Fortress
7000 coins
Defense +34
PP recovery +3

Glittering Tiara
----------------
Tolbi Springs
3600 coins
Defense +27
Prevents delusions
Use to delude enemies, may break if used

Shirts
======
Can wear under other body armor, equippable by everyone

Mythril Shirt
-------------
Lucky Wheels
2900 coins
Defense +10
Maximum HP +5

Silk Shirt
----------
Lucky Wheels
1800 coins
Defense +6
Luck +1

Running Shirt
-------------
Lucky Wheels
400 coins
Defense +1
Agility +15

Boots
=====
Equippable by everyone

Hyper Boots
-----------
Lucky Wheels
2400 coins
Defense +4
Critical Hits increase

Quick Boots
-----------
Lucky Wheels
2100 coins
Defense +3
Agility +20

Fur Boots
---------
Lucky Wheels
1200 coins
Defense +2
Water Resistance +15

Turtle Boots
------------
World Map
600 coins
Defense +3
Agility x0.5
Walk west from Kolima. You should walk onto a peninsula. Near the end of the
peninsula is a clump of forest. Walk into the trees and press A. You should
find the Turtle Boots. As far as I know, this is the only item found on the
World Map.


******************
ITEM ARTIFACTS
******************

Item Artifacts
==============
There are many types of Item Artifacts. I have divided them into three classes:
Healing, Miscellaneous, and Ring. Rings can be equipped, but they can be used
in or out of battle (depending on their use) even if they are unequipped. The
exception to this is the Cleric's Ring, which automatically takes effect on the
wearer when equipped and can't be "used."

Sample Item Artifact Entry:

Name of item
------------
Where this item can be obtained (Town, if from Artifact List)
Price of item in shop
Uses of item
Other notes on item


Healing
=======

Potion
------
Rare Item Drop
Chests, Tolbi Springs, Lucky Wheels, Artifact list (Suhalla), Item Drop,
dropped by Ice Gargoyles in Babi Lighthouse, Tunnel Ruins, and upper Venus
Lighthouse
1000 coins
Replenishes all HP
Some boss monsters drop Potions

Hermes' Water
-------------
Mercury Lighthouse (use Empty Bottle on the fountain)
2000 coins
Replenishes all HP
Works like a Potion, but with free refills.

Psy Crystal
-----------
Rare Item Drop
Chests, Tolbi Springs, Lucky Wheels, Artifact List (Suhalla), dropped by
Manticore Kings in Babi Lighthouse, Tunnel Ruins, upper Venus Lighthouse
1500 coins
Replenishes all PP
Some bosses drop Psy Crystals

Water of Life
-------------
Rare Item Drop
Chests, Tolbi Springs, Lucky Wheels, Artifact List (Tolbi), dropped by Boulder
Beasts in upper Venus Lighthouse
3000 coins
Revives Downed characters
Some bosses and Mimics drop Water of Life

Miscellaneous
=============

Empty Bottle
------------
House in Imil
1000 coins
Extracts water from a magic spring

Game Ticket
-----------
Receive when you purchase an item, dropped by some Mimics
50 coins
A special ticket from Tolbi
Used to play Lucky Wheels

Lucky Medal
-----------
Rare Item Drop
Chests, hidden in barrels & jars, dropped by Orc Lords in Babi Lighthouse and
Tunnel Ruins, dropped by some Mimics
100 coins
A special medal from Tolbi
Used at Tolbi Springs

Cell Key
--------
Lunpa Fortress (use Catch)
30 coins
The key to the cells in Lunpa Fortress

Ring
====

Adept Ring
----------
Lucky Wheels
3100 coins
Use to restore 7 PP
May break if used

War Ring
--------
Lucky Wheels
2600 coins
Use to boost Attack
May break if used

Sleep Ring
----------
Lucky Wheels
1400 coins
Use to lull enemies to sleep
May break if used

Healing Ring
------------
Rare Item Drop
Tret Tree, dropped by Nightmares in Suhalla Pass and lower Venus Lighthouse
800 coins
Use to restore 70 HP
May break if used

Unicorn Ring
------------
Rare Item Drop
Fuchin Temple (hidden in jar), dropped by Recluses in upper Venus Lighthouse
1100 coins
Use to remove poison
May break if used

Fairy Ring
----------
Third floor of Crossbone Isle
2900 coins
Acts like an Elixir in battle
May break if used

Cleric's Ring
-------------
Eighth floor of Crossbone Isle
6400 coins
Removes a curse's effects
May break if used


+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=|7.4 Game Items {~GI}|
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-+


=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
VIII. Psynergy {~PS}
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
This Golden Sun Psynergy Guide was written by Gearóid Moroney AKA
Tetzcatlipoca. If you see any mistakes or anything is missing from this section
please e-mail Gearóid Moroney AKA Tetzcatlipoca at nintendosown@hotmail.com.
Gearóid Moroney's Psynergy Guide can be found at
http://www.gamefaqs.com/portable/gbadvance/game/30328.html.

This guide is a list of all the Psynergies in Golden Sun. Psynergy is best
described as the ability to make things happen using your mind. The way I
have listed the Psynergies is by who is able to use it, so some Psynergies
may appear more than once. The way it will be layed out is like this:

Whirlwind 5PP ||| Attack with a swirling Tornado

Psynergy name - PP Required - Number affected - Description

Some Psynergies are not for battle (e.g. move), and will not have the 'Number
of opponents/party members affected' listed.

+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| Psynergy List |
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Psynergies can be gained and lost by changing Djinn types.
The alignment I have is:

Isaac --- Venus Djinn
Garet --- Mars Djinn
Ivan ---- Jupiter Djinn
Mia ----- Mercury Djinn

Psynergies marked with a '*' are gotten by trading Djinn. The keys for which
Djinn type to trade for are:

[V]-Venus
[M]-Mars
[J]-Jupiter
[Me]-Mercury

If you are looking for a certain psynergy, use Ctrl + F to bring up the Find
box and type in the psynergy name.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Everyone
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

These are Psynegies gained by equipping items.

Catch
-----
PP: 1
Affected: N/A
Description: Grab light objects from afar.
Item: Catch Beads
Where:
As you are leaving Vale to set out on your journey, Garet's sister gives them
to you. They're from Dora.


Force
-----
PP: 2
Affected: N/A
Description: Strike a distant object.
Item: Orb of Force
Where:
Complete the puzzles in Fuchin Falls Cave to get this. Force is not needed to
complete the game, however.


Lift
----
PP: 2
Affected: N/A
Description: Lift an object vertically.
Item: Lifting Gem
Where:
Defeat the Hydros Statue in Altin Peak. Open the chest behind it to get the
Lifting Gem.


Carry
-----
PP: 2
Affected: N/A
Description: Lift and move light objects.
Item: Carry Stone
Where:
The Carry Stone is found in Vvenus Lighthouse.


Douse
-----
PP: 5
Affected: ||| (3)
Description: Attack with a surge of water.
Item: Douse Drop
Where:
Defeat the Ape at the end of Mogall Forest, and he will drop the Douse Drop.

Halt
----
PP: 2
Affected: N/A
Description: Stop a moving object.
Item: Halt Gem
Where:
Revisit Vale later in the game. Use Lift to move the rock near Kraden's house,
and enter the cave. You can find the Halt Gem in here.


Cloak
-----
PP: 1
Affected: N/A
Description: Hide away in shadows.
Item: Cloak Ball
Where:
It is beside Babi's bed after you win in Colosso.


Frost
-----
PP: 5
Affected: ||| (3)
Description: Attack with frigid blasts.
Item: Frost Jewel
Where:
Mia should already know this Psynergy. Otherwise, go to Altin Peak, and defeat
the first Living Statue to get the Frost Jewel.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Isaac
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

|Psynergy| -|PP| - |Affected| - |Description|

Move 2PP N/A Move an object on the ground
Retreat 6PP N/A Return to the dungeon's entrance
Cure 3PP | Restore 70 HP
Cure Well 7PP | Restore 150 HP
Potent Cure 10PP | Restore 300 HP
Revive 15PP | Revive a downed ally
Growth * 4PP | Attack with wild plants [M]
Mad Growth * 10PP ||| Attack with ferocious plants [M]
Wild Growth * 19PP ||||| Attack with giant plants [M]
Planet Diver* 7PP | Leap skyward and lunge onto a foe [M]
Blast * 7PP ||| Attack with a massive explosion [M]
Nova * 13PP ||||| Attack with a massive explosion [M]
Supernova * 31PP ||||||| Attack with a massive explosion [M]
Haunt * 5PP ||| Haunt a foe with an evil spirit [M] or [J]
Curse * 6PP | Draw the spirit of death to a foe [M] or [J]
Condemn * 8PP | Disable your enemy with evil power [M]
Ragnarok 7PP | Strike with a massive sword
Quake 4PP ||| Attack with a powerful quake
Earthquake 7PP ||||| Attack with a mighty tremor
Quake Sphere 15PP ||||||| Attack with a massive quake
Spire 5PP | Attack with earthen spire
Clay Spire 13PP ||| Attack with earthen spire
Stone Spire 22PP ||| Attack with earthen spire
Gaia 7PP ||| Attack with the earth's might
Mother Gaia 17PP ||||| Attack with the earth's might
Grand Gaia 32PP ||||| Attack with the earth's might
Astral Blast* 5PP | Attack with celestial force [J]
Weaken * 4PP | Drop enemy's resistance [J]
Enfeeble * 6PP ||| Drop enemy party's resistance [J]
Delude * 4PP ||| Wrap multiple foes in delusion [J]
Sleep * 5PP ||| Lull multiple enemies to sleep [J]
Drain * 3PP | Drain enemy's HP to yourself [J]
Psy Drain 0PP | Drain enemy's PP to yourself [J]
Cutting Edge* 5PP | Inflict damage with a shock wave [J]
Thorn * 6PP ||| Attack with stabbing thorns [Me]
Briar * 11PP ||| Attack with sharpened briars [Me]
Nettle * 23PP ||||| Attack with stinging nettles [Me]
Cure Poison * 2PP | Cleanse the body of poison [Me]
Restore * 3PP | Remove sleep, stun, and delusion [Me]
Break * 5PP ||||||||| Eliminate an enemy's bonuses [Me]
Wish * 9PP ||||| Restore 80 HP to the whole party [Me]
Wish Well * 13PP ||||| Restore 160 HP to the whole party [Me]
Pure Wish * 20PP ||||| Restore 400 HP to the whole party [Me]
Gale * 3PP ||| Attack with the wind's might [M(3)] AND [J(4)]
Typhoon * 12PP ||||| Attack with the wind's might [M(3)] AND [J(4)]
Hurricane * 25PP ||||||| Attack with the wind's might [M(3)] AND [J(4)]
Death Plunge* 14PP | Plunge your weapon into a foe [M(3)] AND [J(4)]
Shuriken * 8PP ||| Attack with a throwing knife [M(3)] AND [J(4)]
Annihalation* 18PP | Attempt to annihalate a foe [M(3)] AND [J(4)]
Punji * 7PP ||| Attack with a bamboo weapon [M(3)] AND [J(4)]
Punji Trap * 13PP ||| Attack with a bamboo weapon [M(3)] AND [J(4)]
Punji Strike* 24PP ||||| Attack with a bamboo weapon [M(3)] AND [J(4)]
Fire Bomb * 5PP ||| Attack with a bomb blast [M(3)] AND [J(4)]
Cluster Bomb* 11PP ||||| Attack with a bomb blast [M(3)] AND [J(4)]
Carpet Bomb * 29PP ||||||| Attack with a bomb blast [M(3)] AND [J(4)]
Thunderclap * 9PP ||| Attack with the storm's fury [M(3)] AND [J(4)]
Thunder

Mbok

Harvest Moon: Back To Nature: FAQ/Walkthrough by HarvestMoonObsessed
Version 3, Last Updated 2006-01-24 View/Download Original File
Hosted by GameFAQs
Return to Harvest Moon: Back To Nature (PS) FAQs & Guides

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

:: .: :::. :::::::.. ::: .::..,:::::: .::::::.::::::::::::
,;; ;;, ;;`;; ;;;;``;;;;';;, ,;;;' ;;;;'''';;;` `;;;;;;;;''''
,[[[,,,[[[ ,[[ '[[, [[[,/[[[' \[[ .[[/ [[cccc '[==/[[[[, [[
"$$$"""$$$c$$$cc$$$c $$$$$$c Y$c.$$" $$"""" ''' $ $$
888 "88o888 888,888b "88bo, Y88P 888oo,__88b dP 88,
MMM YMMYMM ""` MMMM "W" MP """"YUMMM"YMmMY" MMM


. : ... ... :::. :::.
;;,. ;;; .;;;;;;;. .;;;;;;;.`;;;;, `;;;
[[[[, ,[[[[, ,[[ \[[,,[[ \[[,[[[[[. '[[
$$$$$$$$"$$$ $$$, $$$$$$, $$$$$$ "Y$c$$
888 Y88" 888o"888,_ _,88P"888,_ _,88P888 Y88
MMM M' "MMM "YMMMMMP" "YMMMMMP" MMM YM


:::::::. :::. .,-::::: ::: . :::::::::::: ...
;;;'';;' ;;`;; ,;;;'````' ;;; .;;,. ;;;;;;;;''''.;;;;;;;.
[[[__[[\. ,[[ '[[, [[[ [[[[[/' [[ ,[[ \[[,
$$""""Y$$c$$$cc$$$c $$$ _$$$$, $$ $$$, $$$
_88o,,od8P 888 888,`88bo,__,o,"888"88o, 88, "888,_ _,88P
""YUMMMP" YMM ""` "YUMMMMMP"MMM "MMP" MMM "YMMMMMP"

:::. :::. :::. ::::::::::::... ::::::::::.. .,::::::
`;;;;, `;;; ;;`;;;;;;;;;;'''';; ;;;;;;;``;;;; ;;;;''''
[[[[[. '[[ ,[[ '[[, [[ [[' [[[ [[[,/[[[' [[cccc
$$$ "Y$c$$c$$$cc$$$c $$ $$ $$$ $$$$$$c $$""""
888 Y88 888 888, 88, 88 .d888 888b "88bo,888oo,__
MMM YM YMM ""` MMM "YmmMMMM"" MMMM "W" """"YUMMM


Guide by Karina Spencer.
Last updated 10th of April 2005.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Contents:

Chapter One
An introduction to Harvest Moon.
Part A - A Little About Me And This Faq. [HMINT1A]
Part B - The Plot. [HMINT1B]
Part C - The Controls. [HMINT1C]
Part D - All The Tools. [HMINT1D]
Part E - The Village. [HMINT1E]
Part F - Things To Accomplish. Has handy tips. [HMINT1F]

Chapter Two
Has information about the villagers such as: what the girls say with
different hearts (it was my favourite part to write about,) things
the villagers like, where they hang out and much more.
There are a few spoilers in the villager's events section.
Part A - Just The Main Girls. [HMVIL2A]
Part B - Marriage. [HMVIL2B]
Part C - A Description Of Everyone Else. [HMVIL2C]
Part D - Your Baby. [HMVIL2D]

Chapter Three
Talks about the things you will make a profit from (and the things
that mightn't give you money but that fit into the catagory.)
Part A - The Natural Resources. [HMPRO3A]
Part B - Animals. Includes a bit about fish prices. [HMPRO3B]
Part C - Crops. [HMPRO3C]
Part D - Mining. [HMPRO3D]


Chapter Four
Tells all the dates of birthdays and festivals. It explains them all
too.
Part A - All The Dates. [HMDAT4A]
Part B - Festival Descriptions. [HMDAT4B]

Chapter Five
Recipes Galore. [HMREC5]

Chapter Six
The Expansions. [HMEXP6]

Chapter Seven
Hints and tips are the focus of this section.
Part A - Cheats And Tips For H.M.B.T.N. [HMTIP7A]
Part B - Cheats And Tips For Other Harvest Moon Titles. [HMTIP7B]

Chapter Eight
Has F.A.Q's (Frequently Asked Questions). Includes a small myth
busters section that busts the myths once and for all about false
cheats.
Part A - FAQ's. [HMFAQ8A]
Part B - Mythbusters (Gets rid of those false cheat rumours once
and for all). [HMFAQ8B]

Chapter Nine
PART A - Legal Information. [HMEND9A]
PART B - Sending Me Emails. [HMEND9B]
PART C - Updates. (This could be handy to read for all those
interested in making a game guide to submit.) [HMEND9C]


To be added:

More info about how much it takes for villagers to like you (exactly
how many gifts you should give them for villagers to like you as well
as how much more the villagers will appreciate gifts if they are
wrapped).
How much it takes for animals to like you.
Info about the things you can buy from the shopping channel.
Detail about EVERYTHING you can buy and the cost of it (i.e the cost
of wine and things from the supermarket).
More detail on the competitions (what you can get if you win).
More info about exactly how much profit you can get from crops in
a month.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

My Guide To Harvest Moon Back To Nature (PS1)

[HMINT1A]

CHAPTER ONE: PART A - A LITTLE ABOUT ME AND THIS FAQ

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

My name is Karina. This is the first FAQ that I have ever wrote and
I hope you like it. I have always had a bit of an obsession with
Harvest Moon Back To Nature. I first found out about it from a review
and after I brought it I couldn't stop talking about it for months (I
tend to get a little over obsessive about stuff.) When our class was
first told about having to make I.B.M.Y.P personal projects I decided
to do a dessert recipe book but Pendragon rehearsals (rehearsals for
the school musical) didn't give me that much time to make desserts.
I started to make a guide for Harvest Moon in Week 6 but I made it for
the sake of informing people, not for my personal project. I thought
that with only a few weeks to go I wouldn't be able to change my I.B.
project. Eventually in Week 8 I was convinced to see my English and S&E
teacher to ask him if I could change my project idea. He let me :).

Special Thanks To:

* My family for being supportive with my new personal project (and
letting me go on the computer to do my guide to Harvest Moon whenever
I wanted.)
* All of the people in charge of making Harvest Moon. *Hugs all of the
people that were in charge of making it.* I love you all ^_^;
* My English teacher for letting me change my I.B. project so late.
* My best friend Toni for giving me a few recommendations on things to
write.
* My friend Flik (LEGEND) he changed this guide into the right format.
Before it was HTML and it wouldn't be accepted.
* Any one that e-mail's me about my FAQ (unless it is flaming.) It makes
me realise that writing this FAQ wasn't all for nothing and that people
read it. I really love all of your emails. *hug to you all*.
* People who are reading this now.
* People who have loved Harvest Moon right from the start. (If the game
wasn't popular from the start gaming people probably wouldn't have
wanted to make so many new versions of this brilliant game and H.M.B.T.N.
might have never been made.) *Gasp.*
* Some Harvest Moon forum members for giving me a few cheats. This was
before I wrote the FAQ so unfortunately I don't remember their names
so I can't give them full credit.
* Zach (one of the readers who emailed me.) He unintentially gave me
an idea about things I should add to the animals section.
* Santiago (she gave me additional info about the girls events and she
also deserves a thanks because of how friendly she is.)
* Michael and his little brother (coz they tested out a cheat and coz
they're friendly.)
* The girl who gave me the excellent site that makes ASCIIS (the
text that is used for titles.)
* All the sites that post my faq on them (as long as they have
permission from me.)
* Mitch my friend Dani's boyfriend. He helped to correct some of my
spelling mistakes.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

My Guide To Harvest Moon Back To Nature (PS1)

[HMINT1B]

CHAPTER ONE: PART B - THE PLOT

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

BRIEF PLOT ANALYSIS

You play as a character around 17 - 20 years old who had a grandfather
who lived on a farm. Years ago when you were just a little boy your
parents had to send you away for a short while to your grandfather's
ranch because they couldn't look after you due to work being too
demanding. While you were at the ranch you met a little girl. You both
fell in love with eachother. There were many other exciting memories
you had but you can't exactly remember if they are all real memories.
At the end of your trip you promised the girl that one day you would
come back and visit her. Your grandpa dies and ten years later you
return to the ranch to find out if the memories are real and the Mayor
gives you the option of staying and trying to make the ranch successful.
He tells you that you can stay for 3 years. If your ranch is successful
and villagers like you, you’ll be able to stay longer. If you fail to
make your ranch successful or you do not get along with the villagers
you will have to go back to where you came from and not be allowed at
the village. “What happens next?” you ask. It all depends on how well
you play.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

My Guide To Harvest Moon Back To Nature (PS1)

[HMINT1C]

CHAPTER ONE : PART C - THE CONTROLS

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Here is a list of all of the buttons used in Harvest Moon and how they
are useful.

The L1 Button: Use this button to whistle to your dog.

The L2 Button: Use this button to whistle to your horse.

The R1 Button: Switch the equipped tools.

The R2 Button: Puts in or takes out the items from your rucksack.

The Directional Buttons: Moves your character or moves your menu cursor.

NOTE: There are 3 different modes that you can use to make your
character move with. If you haven't changed the mode it is set to the
default mode. If you want to change the mode go into your characters
house and look at the bookshelf. There should be 'configuration options'
going here will let you change the mode.

Triangle Button: Allows you to see your inventory. You can select an
item in your rucksack and press triangle to view a description of it.

Square Button: Use the tool that you're carrying.

X Button: Picks up or drops items. You can select menu choices using this
button.

Circle Button: If you hold down this button you can run. It also can
cancel options.

Select: Press this to see a map of the village.

Start: Allows you to pause the game and bring up a menu screen that
tells you information about many things such as: your percentage, your
animals and much more.

Note: If you have a vibrating dual shock controller you'll have an extra
button called Analog mode switch. There will be a light underneath telling
you whether the mode is on. If the light is on, your controller will be
able to vibrate and
will also allow you to use the left control stick which does exactly
the same as the directional buttons. Some people prefer using the left
control stick to the normal directional buttons.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

My Guide To Harvest Moon Back To Nature (PS1)

[HMINT1D]

CHAPTER ONE: PART D - ALL THE TOOLS

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Unlike in a few of the other Harvest Moon Back To Nature games all
of the tools take up the same amount of stamina when using them (except
for when using upgraded tools.)

* Here is a description of all of the tools that you will need. For
information on the upgrades go to Chapter Three - Part D mining.

Axe: At the axes first stage you will only be able to cut sticks. Once
you upgrade it you will be able to cut stumps which are a great way of
adding to your lumber stock. You will need lumber for extensions. You
can find this tool in your tool box at the start of the game.

Ball: Won forces you to buy this ball in the first Fall for 100g. Use
this ball to train your dog. Training is good because it will help
increase the chance of your dog winning the dog race. There is a glitch
that makes Won sell you the ball even if you already have it but to
prevent this glitch walk outside of your house holding the ball.

Basket: This is extremely handy for mining. It allows you to hold 30
things for shipping. This may be rather expensive but it is definitely
worth it and it saves you a lot of time. You can buy it at the supermarket
for 5000g.

Bell: Use this to make your cows and sheep move towards you (this is
handy when trying to quickly move all of your animals outside.) You
can buy it from the green ranch for 500g.

Blue Feather: You propose to girls using this. I like showing it around
to all of the villagers first to see there reactions. See the end of the
girls section about marriage to find out more about marrying. You can
buy it from the supermarket once a girl has at least an orange heart for
you for 1500g.

Brush: Use this to brush your cows, sheep, and horse with. If you brush
the animals they will like you more. If they like you more they will give
you better produce which you can sell for a higher price, and have better
chances of winning competitions. Don’t forget to not only brush your
animals but to also talk to them and feed them. You can buy the brush
at Saibara’s shop for 800g.

Cheese Maker: Once you have enlarged your barn you will be able to buy
the cheese maker. You put your milk into the cheese maker and it will be
transformed into cheese. Cheese sells for more than milk. The cheese
maker is very expensive but it is worth buying. You can buy it at Saibara’s
shop for 20,000g.

Clippers: Use these to shear your sheep. Shearing your sheep will not
only give you wool but make your sheep happy. You can shear your sheep
every fortnight. You can buy this at Saibara’s shop for 1800g.

Fishing Pole: You have a higher chance of catching fish when using this
rod. For details on how to get it see Greg’s section in the villagers
section. This is a better version of the fishing rod.

Fishing Rod: Fishing is a great way to make money. All you need to do
is cast your line in the water by pressing the square button. Wait for a
while. When you feel the controller vibrating quickly release the square
button. Greg gives you it for free!

Hammer: Use this to smash the little rocks. Little rocks are great for
making fences that don’t break though and there is a recipe where you
need a rock so I wouldn’t smash too many. You have to upgrade the hammer
twice in order to be able to break the large rocks. You can find this
tool in your tool box at the start of the game.

Hoe: Use this to plow your field before planting seeds. If you don’t
plow your field before planting, the seeds will just sink right into
the ground and you won’t be able to grow anything. You can find this tool
in your tool box at the start of the game.

Milker: Once your cow becomes an adult it will start to make milk. You need
the milker to milk your cow (obviously.) You can buy the milker from Saibara
for 2000g.

Mayonnaise Maker: Once you have enlarged your chicken coop you will be
able to buy the mayonnaise maker. You put your eggs into the mayonnaise
maker and they will be transformed into mayonnaise. Mayonnaise sells for
more than eggs. The mayonnaise maker is very expensive but it is worth
buying. You can buy it at Saibara’s shop for 20,000g.

Rucksack: You can carry any Harvest Moon item in your rucksack. At first
it only lets you carry 3 of each tool and item. You can buy a bigger
rucksack so you can carry 5 items. If you buy an even bigger rucksack
you will be able to carry 9 things! You should definitely buy the bigger
rucksacks. You can buy the bigger rucksacks from the supermarkets. They
are rather expensive but definitely worth it. The first upgrade for the
rucksack costs 3000g. The second rucksack upgrade costs 5000g.

Sickle: You can use the sickle to cut grass and weeds. You need to cut
grass in order to make fodder unless you want to waste a lot of money
buying fodder. Upgrading this tool will allow you cut more than one square
of fodder every time. You can find this tool in your tool box at the
start of the game.

Watering Can: Use the watering can to water your crops. Upgrading your
watering can not only allows you to hold more water but also lets you
water more sections in one go. You can refill your watering can at the
pond in your farm. You can find this tool in your tool box at the start
of the game.

Yarn Ball Maker: Once you have enlarged your barn you will be able to
buy the yarn ball maker. You put your wool into the yarn ball maker and
it will be transformed into yarn balls. Yarn balls sell for more than
wool. The yarn ball maker is very expensive but it is worth buying. You
can buy it at Saibara’s shop for 20,000g.

* Upgrading Your Tools:
Once you have used your tool enough times the start menu will have an
ore pictured by the tool. This means that you can upgrade it with the
pictured ore. For the first upgrade you need copper ore. For the second
you need silver ore. For the third you need gold ore. For the last and
best upgrade you need mysterile. You can upgrade your tool a maximum
of four times. You can upgrade one of your tools with the gold ore (third
upgrade) without needing to upgrade it with the first and second upgrades
and it will work just as good as if you were to upgrade it with the first,
second, and third upgrades. This is definately better off as it saves you
a lot of money.

Cost Of Tool Upgrades:
1st kind of upgrade: 1000g.
2nd kind of upgrade: 2000g.
3rd kind of upgrade: 3000g.
4th kind of upgrade: 5000g.

Here Is What The Upgrades Do:

1st upgrade:
Axe: Lets you cut through the stumps in 6 hits (without it you wouldn't
be able to cut it at all.)
Hammer: It takes 3 hits to destroy big rocks (without this extension you
couldn't break the rocks at all.)
Hoe: 2 squares are ploughed in a line.
Sickle: It lets you cut 3 fodder squares at once.
Watering Can: Water 3 squares at once.

2nd upgrade:
Axe: It takes 3 turns to destroy a stump.
Hammer: You can destroy the chunky rocks.
Hoe: 3 squares are ploughed in a line.
Sickle: It lets you cut 6 fodder squares at once.
Watering Can: Water 6 squares at once.

3rd upgrade:
Axe: It takes 2 turns to destroy a stump.
Hammer: NO POINT WHATSOEVER! Cut big rock in 1 turn.
Hoe: 4 squares are ploughed in a line.
Sickle: It lets you cut 9 fodder squares at once.
Water Can: Water 9 squares at once.

4th upgrade:
Axe: Takes a stump out in 1 hit.
Hammer: NO POINT WHATSOEVER! Cut chunky rock in 1 turn.
Hoe: 6 squares are ploughed in a line.
Sickle: It lets you cut 25 fodder squares at once.
Watering Can: Water 12 squares at once.

How To Use Your Upgraded Tools:
To make your upgrades take effect you have to hold down the square
button whilst using them. You will see your character pulling back
the tool for extra momentum. Every different animation of your character
getting momentum represents the upgrades (if you've upgraded it with
the last ore mysterile there will be four animation's representing the
four upgrade stages you have done.) Here are what the animation's are:
1st upgrade effect: character pulls back with extra momentum.
2nd upgrade effect: Character's eyes close in strain.
3rd upgrade effect: character turns red with strain.
4th upgrade effect: anime style strain lines appear on the characters
head.
Basically this means that if your character uses a tool to the 2nd
upgrade effect and then stops the tool will be used to the effect
of a tool upgraded twice (see the table above about what the upgrades
do to understand what I am talking about better.) Example: Imagine
that your character used a sickle that was fully upgraded. He needs
to only cut 6 fodder squares so therefore you would hold down the
square button until you saw the 2nd animation and then let go and 6
fodder squares would be cut (just like the table about what the upgrades
do says.)

You should realise: Using upgraded tools takes up more stamina than
using your tool normally. The first upgrade takes up double the amount
of stamina the tool normally would. The second upgrade takes up three
times the amount of stamina that the tool would normally use up. The
third upgrade takes up four times the amount of stamina you'd normally
use. The fourth upgrade takes up five times the amount of stamina you'd
normally use. Don't worry though because the upgraded tools do more
work anyway so in a way it's like you're taking up less stamina. This
shouldn't need to worry much anyway because if you're running low on
stamina you can just get power berries (see the Chapter One - Part F
Things To Achieve.)

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

My Guide To Harvest Moon Back To Nature (PS1)

[HMINT1E]

CHAPTER ONE: PART E - THE VILLAGE

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Here is a list of all of the places you can go to in this game and
a few things that you can do in those places.

Your Ranch:

Your Ranch Consists Of :
Your House, A Chicken Coop, A Chicken Feed Silo, A Fish Pond, A Horse
Stable, A Barn, A Wood Stack, and a lot of space for planting.

In your house:
Without any extensions you have: A Bed, A Bookshelf (for configuration,)
A Diary, A Television, and A Toolbox.

The Bed: Somehow I don't think I need to describe what the bed does.
When you get the fourth extension you get two separate beds (one for you
and one for your wife to share with the baby.)

The Bookshelf:
If you are unhappy with the controls and the way your character moves
forward you can change it so he moves differently by clicking on the
shelves and choosing the kind of walking that you want.

The Diary: Can be used to save your game and make your character go to
sleep. It is also great for exchanging animals with. I mention a cheat
regarding trading animals which will get you a lot of money and animals
in Chapter Seven: Part A - Cheats And Tips For H.M.B.T.N.

The Kitchen: Once your house has been upgraded three times you will get
a kitchen. You can cook meals here (unlike in some of the Harvest Moon
games.) Cooking is a great way to get character's to like you more.

The Television: Has four channels. There's a news channel that tells you
about the special events, a weather channel, a static channel, and an
entertainment channel (which is also the channel that the shopping channel
changes to on Saturday but only if you have enlarged your house so
that you have a kitchen.) On the entertainment channel you can learn things
to do with your farming.

The Toolbox: Whenever you order a tool and your tool inventory section
is full it will be put in the toolbox. Also at the start of the game all
your tools will be put in the toolbox.

In The Chicken Coop:
You can hold up to 5 chicken's or 10 if you extend your chicken coop.

The Chicken Feed Silo:
Is a good way of getting chicken feed if the poultry farm is closed.
The chicken feed silo looks like a windmill. Put corn into the windmill
(don't stand too far away when putting it in or the game will think
you're trying to throw the corn at the actual windmill and not to put
anything in.) One piece of corn gives you 10 lots of chicken feed.

The Fish Pond:
You can put fish in here. As long as you feed them they will breed and
grow. This is also a good spot for filling up your watering can. To
see the special events that can happen with the fish pond go to Greg's
section in Chapter Two: Part B - The Other Villagers.

Horse Stable:
In the first Spring you can get a horse. It's stable is good for when
it is raining but otherwise you should just let it roam around. In the
hints and cheats section I wrote a cheat that will let you get another
horse if your first horse is taken away.

In The Barn:
You can hold up to 10 animals but when you get the extension you can
have 20 animals (cows and sheep.) It is best to leave your cows and
sheep outside (if you have planted quite a bit of full grown fodder)
so that they don't use up your fodder supply too quickly. If it is
raining put them inside immediately. It is hard to take your animals
inside or outside and the bell will help you with this. I personally
don't bother taking my animals outside and just fill about a quarter
of my farming soil with grass.

The Wood Stack:
It's a little box which the wood that you cut automatically goes into.
Just press the X button when you're near it and you'll be able to take
wood out. You can use the wood for expansions and fences to keep the
wild dogs away from your animals.

Your Village

Blacksmiths:
This is where Saibara and Gray live. Saibara can: upgrade your tools,
sell you the machines (cheese maker, mayonnaise maker, and yarn ball
maker) and make you girls gifts (basically EVERYONE loves girls gifts.)
It's open from 10 - 4 (closed Thursdays.)

Winery:
Manna, and Duke live here. Manna can sell you wine, or grape juice
between 9 - 12 AM (closed Saturdays.)

Library:
Mary works here every day from 10 - 5 except on Mondays. You can read
information about the village from Basil's books or read Mary's fiction
books about things like space adventures, and a boy with a stubborn
grandpa *COUGH yes very fiction COUGH.* She is the easiest girl to
find. Joined to the library is the home of Basil, Anna, and Mary.

Ellen's House:
Elli, Ellen, and Stu live here. Ellen never leaves unless there is a
wedding. You can enter this house between 9 - 5.

Mayor's House:
The mayor, Harris, and Kano all live here. You can read Harris's patrol
diary which never changes even if you get the special crime case cut
scenes with him. You can enter this house between 9 - 5.

The Supermarket:
Karen, Sasha, and Jeff live in the building joined to the supermarket.
In the supermarket you can buy: oil, flour, rice balls, curry powder,
bread, all of the seeds (except the ones Won sells,) fish feed, rucksack
extensions, wrapping paper, and the blue feather (once a girl has an
orange heart for you.) The supermarket is open from 9 - 5 unless it
is a Tuesday, or Sunday.

The Clinic:
The Doctor lives upstairs. Downstairs you can buy medicine. You can
usually find Elli here unless it is a Wednesday in which case the clinic
is closed. It's open from 9 - 4.

The Church:
Confess here if you wish. Carter always hangs around here unless it is
a festival. Cliff mainly hangs out here when he first arrives at the
village.

The Elves House:
This is behind the church. The elves always hang out here except possibly
on evaluation. If you're lucky they could give you tea leaves (see Elves
in the character section.)

The Beach:
This is the only place that you can find Greg. It is the place for some of
the festivals. There is a jetty that you can fish off.

The Square:
This is where most of the festivals are held. At 1 Anna, Sasha, and
Manna visit here. You can also sometimes bump into the mayor in this
area.

The Green Ranch:
This is where Barley, and May live. Here you can buy: fodder, a cow, a
sheep, animal medicine, a miracle potion, and a cow bell. You can buy
things here from about 11 - 4 except Mondays.

The Poultry Farm:
This is the home of Lillia, Popuri, and Rick. You can buy: chickens,
and chicken feed here. Lillia never leaves the poultry farm except
for when she sometimes goes to the clinic because she is so sick. You
can buy things here from 12 - 4 unless it's Sunday.

The Woodcutter's:
This is the place you go to get extensions. The woodcutter, and Louis
live here.

The Hot Spring:
Here you can take a dip in the hot spring to bring back your stamina.
You can also make spa boiled eggs from throwing an egg into one (as
long as you stand at one of the places where the gate doesn't surround
the hot spring.) There is a waterfall beside here which is the goddess
pond. Behind the waterfall there is the mine which is accessible in all
of the seasons (but which you shouldn't bother going to in Winter
because there is the Winter Mine.)

Winter Mine:
The Winter Mine is the mine by the pond up the mountain you can only
access it in Winter because that is when the pond freezes over so you
can reach it. "What's so special about the Winter Mine?" you ask. It is
easier to find ore in this mine.
Also the crystal like mineral used for making girls gifts can only be
found in this winter mine. There is also a green/aqua mineral used
for making your yarn ball, mayonnaise, and cheese maker that can only
be found in this mine.
After climbing down ten ladders you will find a cave at the side of
this mine. In the cave you can fish for one of the, 'legendary fish.'
There is also a rumour (which I think is very false because I have
tried unsuccessfully MANY, MANY times) about being able to fish for a
power berry here.
Here is a pointless trick when in the secret cave of the Winter mine:
You can dunk your watering can into the water of this mine and it will
be able to hold endless amounts of water, "what's so pointless about
that trick?" you ask. Well unfortunately the endless water is only in
the cave. Once you exit the cave the watering can will once again run
out of water when you use it.

The Flower Patch:
This is what I call the patch of flowers up the mountain.

The Top Of The Mountain:
There are certain festivals that you can do at the top of the
mountain.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

My Guide To Harvest Moon Back To Nature (PS1)

[HMINT1F]

CHAPTER ONE: PART F - THINGS TO ACCOMPLISH

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

This section of my guide has some very helpful tips. I wouldn’t
expect you do all the things I suggest you to achieve in this section
because you may want to do things your own way. Never the less I
suggest you read this section because it contains quite a few handy
tips such as the best times to get each girls heart up. I mention a
guide of what to achieve by the end of every season in the first year.
I also describe what to try to achieve by the third year.

A guide to what to achieve by the end of the first Spring:

* When you first start Harvest Moon a great way to make money is by
selling the natural resources.

* You should have enough money to buy seeds. Use your hoe to plow the
field and make it ready for planting seeds. Remember to water them every
day. The best formation for planting at the start is:

s s s
s s s
s s

To make the most of the seeds stand in the middle of the formation. If
you stand somewhere else for example: the top right hand corner you
would only get 4 planted seeds instead of 8. Some people reading this
are probably rolling their eyes thinking I am stating the obvious but
when I first started playing Harvest Moon I didn’t stand in the right
spot when planting seeds so I would end up wasting money instead of
gaining it. Once you have upgraded the watering can twice you can use a
planting formation like this:

s s s
s s s
s s s

* After a few weeks of selling crops and natural resources you should
definitely buy a chicken. Feed it every day and it will give you eggs.
If you miss feeding it a day it won’t give you eggs for three days!
Instead of buying chickens from the poultry farm it is best to put an
egg in the incubator. In a few days the egg will hatch and turn into
a chick.

* I guess that Elli is the girl that would be easiest to get her heart
up with this season because she likes all of the flowers this season.
In the Summer the pink flowers which Popuri loves are around so it would
be best to get her heart up then.
You can get Ann’s heart up any time by giving her spa boiled eggs.
The season that would be best for getting Mary's heart up is definitely
Fall. There are so many natural resources in Fall.
I would recommend getting Karen’s heart up in Winter because you
aren’t focusing on the other girls because by now they will have liked
you enough but any time is all right.

* In the night it is a great idea to cut stumps to collect lumber for
extensions.

* There is a mine behind the goddess fountain. Remember that no time is
taken up when you are inside so this is a great way to get money. If you
are into mining I recommend buying a shipping basket ASAP to make your
mining trips more worthwhile. The shipping basket will allow you to
hold 30 things at a time but beware because whatever you put in the
basket can only be used for shipping so if you accidentally put an egg
in there that you wanted to give to someone you will not be able to and
you will have to sell it.

* See Greg and receive a fishing rod from him.

A guide to what to achieve by the end of the first Summer:

* Plant seeds once again. The Summer crops are renewable which is
great because you are getting so much value for your money.

* You barely get any money from the natural resources this month so
instead of focusing on the resources I would focus on getting the
villagers to like you. As I have mentioned earlier this a great
season for getting Popuri to like you because she really loves the
Summer flowers.

* By now you should have enough money for the upgraded rucksack. Now
you can carry 5 items instead of three.

* You should also have enough money and lumber to do your first
ranch expansion.

* If you have been planting quite a bit you might even be able to
afford a cow or sheep. I would recommend buying cows instead of
sheep because cows can give you a lot more money. Whilst sheep
wool can give up to double the amount of money cows milk can, they
will only give you wool every 2 weeks. Cows on the other hand give
milk every day making them a lot more worthwhile.
Another thing that you should know is that I wouldn't recommend making
the cows pregnant using miracle potions. See Chapter Three - Animals
for more details.

A guide to what to achieve by the end of the first Fall:

* The most worthwhile crop to grow in this game is the sweet potato.
It is renewable, grows quickly, and gives you a good amount of money.
Unless you really want to ship more that 100 of every Fall seed to
unlock the extra Fall seed I would suggest only planting sweet
potatoes. In no time the sweet potatoes will make you rich (trust
me this is probably the best money making tip anyone could give except
for the exchanging animals trick.) One of the best hints anyone could
give on Harvest Moon is to 'GO CRAZY PLANTING SWEET POTATOES.' Even if
it means you practically fill up your whole field and have to employ
a lot of harvest sprites.

* Do more expansions.

* There are so many natural resources. You could go on a ‘Mary spree.'
By the end of this season as long as you give her at least five
natural resources a day she should have a red heart for you. Don’t
give her all of the natural resources. At least sell the truffle
(worth 500.)

* You’ll have enough money this season to buy many animals.

* You should definitely think about buying a shopping basket now.

A guide to what to achieve by the end of the first Winter:

* Do more expansions.

* Because you can’t plant seeds or get natural resources now is your
chance to get the villagers to like you.

* Getting the villagers to like you would be a good thing to do in
Winter because you aren’t real busy with your farm work although
unfortunately you won't be able to use any natural resources or
flowers. This is why having a kitchen by this stage would be a great
idea.

* If you have a shopping basket take it with you whilst mining. You
will make a lot of money mining this way and remember that because
it is Winter the Winter mine (across the lake) is accessible so it
will be easier to find better things whilst mining.

* Fishing and chopping wood would be great for doing in the night.

Here is a little guide of the things you should accomplish by the
end of your three years.

* Have all the house expansions.

* Be Married.

* Try making as many villagers as possible like you.

* See how many recipes you can make (I have wrote down all the recipes
in CHAPTER FIVE.)

* Make a lot of money

* Have a few power berries. Power berries are things which your
character eats to help increase his maximum stamina. Here is how you
can find them all:
* When you mine behind the waterfall you will eventually find a power
berry.
* Fish in the ocean and you will eventually catch one.
* Throw 5 things from your farm that you can ship into the goddess
pond. The goddess will give you a power berry. I have heard rumors
that you can only do this once a day but that isn’t true. The goddess
doesn’t appear on festival days.
* Plant at least 90 flowers in your farm and Anna will come and say
they smell lovely. Tell her that she can have as many as she wants
and she will be happy and give you a power berry.
* Win the swimming festival.
* Try cutting the tree by the flower patch and it will ask you to
stop. If you tell the tree that you will stop you'll get a power
berry. If you cut it you'll faint and never be able to get the power
berry again (unless you load your game.)
* Buy it at the horse race.
* Once you have bought all of the things from the shopping channel
the power berry will be available to buy.
* In Winter go behind the Winter mine and keep pressing X against
the wall that you can't see. Keep trying in different spots behind
the wall and you will eventually find the power berry.
* Mine in the Winter mine and you will find a power berry eventually.
* There is a rumor about being able to find one whilst fishing in the
pond ten levels down from the Winter mine. I have tried to fish for
the power berry but never succeeded. I think it is just a false rumor
because there isn't enough room on the start menu for 11 power berries
and because I have tried to find the power berry many times and never
succeeded.

* Try to have your ranch at least 40 percent improved.
Here are the amounts of percentages that you can get (in order of
what you will probably achieve first.)
I think that you get a little bit of percentage once you have planted
a few seeds and got rid of the junk from when you first arrive at the
farm (cut all the weeds and thrown away all the unneeded things that
you possibly can.)
1% for a certain amount of crops planted.
1% for each heart your dog has.
1% for each heart your horse has.
1% for each animal that you have.
2% for each house expansion.
1% for 15 recipes.
1% for each heart your wife has.
1% for each heart your son has.
NOTE: This does not all add up to 100% and I am not sure exactly how
you get 100%. In fact I have never heard of someone getting 100%
before! If someone could tell me how to get the extra percentages I'd
be really grateful.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

My Guide To Harvest Moon Back To Nature (PS1)

[HMVIL2A]

CHAPTER TWO: PART A - JUST THE MAIN GIRLS

(Getting the villagers to like you.)

NOTE: When I say that you'll be liked more by choosing a certain option
choosing an option other than the one I mention will either not effect
the way that person thinks about you or make that person like you less.

NOTE: If you wish to send me some more hints, or suggestions to add I
would be grateful. Also if you have some corrections to send I would be
grateful too. The events I mention in the description of the
villagers happen between the first and third years (Unless you don't
get the person to like you between that time or never visit that place
until the 4th year.)

ANOTHER NOTE: When I mention 'girls gifts' or 'girls presents' I'm
referring to the jewellery that Saibara makes.

Hearts:
Black - She doesn't like you.
Purple - She likes you a small friendly amount.
Blue - She likes you and thinks of you as a friend.
Green - She thinks of you as a really good friend.
Yellow - She would ponder about what it would be like to date you
and has a crush on you.
Orange - She loves you. There is a possible chance of marriage.
Red - She really loves you.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Ann - 17th of Summer (or the 22nd if you choose to have a birthday
on the 17th.)

Information: Ann is a bubbly tomboy. She's my favourite character and
I really like what she says with orange and red heart's (so adorable.)

You can find her:
At the hot springs from 8 - 10 AM.
At the inn from 11 onwards.

Likes receiving: Flowers, eggs, milk, omelets, grilled fish, scrambled
eggs, mushroom rice (she likes a lot of things you cook.)
NOTE: It isn't worth giving her eggs and recipes made with eggs because
you might as well just give her a spa boiled egg which she likes a lot
more.)

Really likes receiving: Spa boiled eggs, girls presents. If you keep
giving her spa boiled eggs she'll love you in no time.

Hates receiving: Wine, ore, weeds, and natural resources.

Her match: If you don't marry Ann, Cliff will (unless you didn't give
Cliff the job in Winter in which case Cliff will leave the village
and never come back except possibly on the day you are evaluated.)

Things she says:

With a Black Heart:

Welcome, welcome.

If you want to place an order, talk to my father.

With a Purple Heart:

Hello, welcome.

Please, take your time.

With a Blue Heart:

Dad sometimes yells at me for being a tomboy...

But I appreciate dad for bringing me up this way. Love, who needs it?

With a Green Heart:

Hi there, how's the farm doing?

Everything is delicious when you live near farm country. I love to
eat.

With a Yellow Heart:

Oh, hi * your name * ! Come in and take it easy.

I suppose girls should be cute, don't you agree?

With an Orange Heart:

Oh............w.................welcome. *Blushes.*

I've been daydreaming and breaking dishes lately * love heart * .
*Embarrassed face.*

With Red Heart:

... ......... *Blushing tomato red.*

Oh...sorry...ummm...what did you say? *Still blushing and looking
confused.*

A Few Events:

* When you first go to the Inn Doug will ask you what you think of
Ann. If you say, 'she's cute' Doug and Ann will like you more.

* Once Ann has a purple heart she will ask you if you think she'll
marry soon. If you say yes she'll be shocked but happy (and will
like you more.)

* Once you have 3 egg laying chickens she asks you to give her the
eggs every day. She pays you for it and likes you more if you make
sure to give her the eggs every day (and not skip a day.)

* If Ann has at least a purple heart for you by Summer the 2nd an
invitation will be sent to you inviting you to go to her birthday
party. Then you are meant to see your character carrying a piece of
paper rolled up in yellow ribbon.
Unless you have a cupboard you can not put this paper away and it
stays in your inventory taking up a block of inventory! This can
get really annoying carrying it around for 15 more days especially
if you don't have an upgraded rucksack.
On the day of the party you have to carry the invite to get in
otherwise the door will just be locked. The first time I tried going
to the party there was a glitch and I didn't get the paper. Anyway
going to the party makes Ann like you more and she likes whatever
you give her about double as much as usual so it is a good way to get
Ann to like you. (If you give her her favourite things wrapped up
she will probably even gain a heart for you).

* You see her going into the church and talking to Cliff. She asks
him to come back but he doesn't so she walks off. This happens if
you walk into the church between 11-3.

* When you go to the inn and walk upstairs you see Ann giving Cliff
a meal. This happens only after seeing the first event with Ann and
Cliff.

* When you visit the square in Winter when it is snowing you will
see Cliff collapsing. When Cliff collapses in the Winter check Cliff's
body and you'll find a photo. Go straight to Ann and tell her about
what happened to Cliff. Doug, Pastor Carter, the Doctor, Cliff and
Ann *Phewph* will all like you more for doing this (although Ann and
Cliff will like you especially more.) And if you give back the photo
Cliff will like you even more.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Elli - 16th of Spring (or 20th if you choose to have a birthday on
the 16th.)

Information: Elli is a nice girl who lives with her grandmother and
little brother Stu. She is a nurse.

You can find her:
At the Clinic from 10 am onwards.
Except on Wednesdays when the clinic is closed. On Wednesday's she is
at her grandmothers house until 1 where she goes to the supermarket.
Then she goes to her grandmothers house.

Likes receiving: Things to cook with (like flour, eggs, and milk,)
natural resources, and ore!!

Really likes receiving: All kinds of flowers, girls gifts.

Hates receiving: Wine, weeds, litter, and bugs.

Her match: If you don't end up marrying her the doctor will.

Things she says:

With a Black Heart:

Is there something wrong with you today?

Please talk the doctor if you want medicine or an exam.

With a Purple Heart:

Oh, * your name * , is something wrong?

Farming is hard work, isn't it? You need to be strong.

With a Blue Heart:

Oh, * your name * , is something wrong?

My family has been involved in birthing for generations. My
grandmother was a midwife too.

With a Green Heart:

There seems to be a flu going around. Take care of yourself.

You know my grandmother, right? I want to cure the problem with her
legs, so I'm studying here.

With a Yellow Heart:

Oh, hi * your name * . You seem to be getting used to farm life.

Why did you move to this village, * your name * ? I haven't heard the
reason.

With an Orange Heart:

Oh... * your name * ! Is something the matter?

I'm happy to see you but since this is a clinic I also worry whenever
you drop by * heart * .

With a Red Heart:

I may quit the clinic after I get married...

...I don't think I can work at both a marriage and a job...

A Few Events:

* When you first go into the clinic (if you don't have your arms
full) Elli will come up to you and tell you that you have a cut.
When she asks you how much it hurts you are supposed to say that
you're ok. If you say, 'excruciating' she will say something snooty like,
"Oh I asked because boys aren't supposed to feel hurt." She'll give
you a Band-Aid (big enough to fit over your whole characters head!)
When you walk outside you'll see Stu crying. Talk to him and give him
the Band-Aid. Stu will like you more and stop crying. Then Elli will
come out and notice that you gave away the Band-Aid. When she asks why
tell her you didn't feel that bad and she'll like you more. Doing this
option of saying it hurts excruciatingly will let her like you more than
if you were to just say that it doesn't hurt.

* When you just get a purple heart Elli asks you how your job is. Say,
“it’s fun” and she will like you more. This happens when you go to
the clinic with Elli inside.

* If Elli is close to having a blue heart for you and you walk
through your farm at around 12:00 Elli will come and ask you to try
one of her sandwiches. She decides it wasn't that good and thinks
she'll keep giving you some so you can test them and she can perfect
her sandwich making skills. If you keep coming back at 12 (for three
days) she'll eventually think her sandwiches are just right and be
thankful that you helped her. She'll like you more.

* When you walk into the clinic you'll see the doctor and her talking.
He'll tell her she can have a break. She won't accept but will be
thankful.

* Another time you walk into the clinic the doctor will confess that
he thinks Elli is a great nurse and that the clinic wouldn't be such
a success without her. He thinks she is especially good at midwifery.

* After you have seen the other events and gone into the clinic Elli
will have a cold and the Doctor will basically tell her she should
rest for a while.

* After you have seen the other events and go into the clinic the
Doctor will talk to Elli about leaving. It is obvious that Elli
doesn't want him to leave.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Karen - 15th of Fall (or 23rd if you choose to have a birthday on the
15th.)

Information: Karen is the supermarket owners daughter. She is known
for her expensive taste. She is one of the hardest girls to like you
and one of the most popular Harvest Moon girls amongst Harvest Moon
fans.

You can find her:
From 8 - 10 am she is at the letter box near the supermarket. (Unless
it is raining in which case she is inside.)
From after 10 Karen goes inside and is behind the second door which
you can't open unless you befriend Karen's parents.
From 1 - 4 She stays in the supermarket near Jeff (she doesn't go
behind the second door.)
From 7:30 to 10 PM she is at the beach (unless raining.)
1:30 - 4 PM on Tuesdays and Sundays she is at the hot springs unless
it is raining in which case she is at Gotz's house.
On Tuesdays and Sundays from 7:00 PM - 10 PM she is at the inn.

Likes receiving: Flowers but I wouldn't use my flowers on her at first.
I'd save them for someone who really likes flowers like Elli. She
also likes receiving failed recipes (she is incompetent at cooking and
I think seeing that you are just as bad makes her feel better!)

Really likes receiving: Expensive things. Girls gifts, truffles, wine,
fries.

Hates receiving: Most things that you cook, ore, grape juice, weeds,
natural resources, litter, and spa boiled eggs.

Her match: If you don't marry her Rick will.

Things she says:

With a Black Heart:

Hi.

What can I do for you?

With a Purple Heart:

Hi, how are you?

Whenever you have a problem or something, just come talk to me.

With a Blue Heart:

I'm afraid that our store is not very well stocked...

But at least we have everything you need.

With a Green Heart:

My parent's fight at the drop of a hat. But my mother does most of
the yelling...

Then they suddenly make up. It's silly.

With a Yellow Heart:

Hello * your name * How are you doing?

I'm impressed...a person my age running a farm.

With an Orange Heart:

Oh...h...hello. *Looks a little scared.*

You startled me * heart * .

With Red Heart:

Lately I find myself thinking about you, * your name * * heart * .
*Looking out lovingly.*

Just kidding. But what if it were true? *Blushing madly.*

A Few Events:

* When you first walk into the supermarket the Doctor will walk in
and buy something but not pay for it. Jeff being as passive as he
is, doesn't complain. Then Duke comes in and tries doing the same
thing. He is just about to walk out when he sees your character’s
annoyed face. He asks if anything is wrong and you are meant to say,
"you should pay." Then Karen walks out from the second door and
tells Duke to pay. When Duke has gone Karen thanks you for sticking
up for Jeff and she will like you more.

* This happens once Karen gets a purple heart at least. When you walk
into the hot spring she is there she will ask you if anything's wrong.
If you say your love life or farm life she will like you more. I think
it only happens around the afternoon.

* Karen will come up to your farm in Spring if she has at least a blue
heart and will give you flower seeds. If you grow the flowers Karen
will be very happy and like you more. (This is a good time to buy
an extra lot of seeds and to plant them at the same time because if
you have enough flowers bees will come. You could also make the most
of the free seed packet by planting 11 more packets to attract Anna into
your farm so that she will give you a power berry.

* When you walk near the church you see Karen and Rick walk down the
path near the elves house. I tried following them but I couldn't find
them anywhere.

* When you walk to the poultry farm you see Rick and Karen fighting.
Rick rambles on about how annoyed he is about Kai and Karen tells
him not to worry. Rick gets annoyed at Karen for not saying anything
bad about Kai and says that if she likes him so much she should marry
him. Karen calls Rick a cad and walks off.

* When you visit the poultry farm after seeing the other love events
between Rick and Karen you will hear a conversation between Lillia
and Karen about how nice Karen is and how she'd like Karen to be
a part of the family. This happens any season except for Winter.

* This event happens any season except Winter from at least the second
year. Once Popuri has married (either you or Kai) Rick will be a little
upset about Popuri leaving and him being left at the farm. Karen and
Rick will have a little chat and a few days later they'll marry.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Mary - 20th of Winter (or 25th if you choose to have a birthday on
the 20th.)

Information: Mary is the quiet librarian. She looks after her dad's
library and even writes a few books of her own.

You can find her:
In the library from 10 AM - 4 PM then she goes into her house.
If it is a Monday and the library is closed you'll find her and her
family taking a morning stroll near the flower patch up in the
mountains till 10.
Then at about 10:30 you can find Mary and her mum at the supermarket.
Once they have left there they will stay at home.

Likes receiving: Flowers, grape juice, sweet food, and relaxation tea
leaves (read about how to get relaxation leaves in the guide to other
villagers about elves.)

Really likes receiving: All natural resources, and girls gifts (but I
think unless it's a special occasion like a birthday of hers it's not
worth giving her a girls gift because she's happy enough with very
cheap things.)

Hates receiving: Weeds, wine, and litter.

Her match: If you don't marry her Gray will.

Things she says:

With a Black Heart:

Hi. You know, this library was built so the villagers could read my
father's books.

Where always adding books and replacing books, so you should make a
habit of visiting the library.

With a Purple Heart:

Hello.

This village looks like the land in a fairy tale.

With a Blue Heart:

Hello. Do you enjoy working the farm?

How about teaching me about farm work. I'm here in this village,
so I ought to learn about all sorts of things.

With a Green Heart:

Well, hi. You've come to read. I'm impressed.

I like the smell of books. It's kind of like the smell of the
forest...calming somehow.

With a Yellow Heart:

Oh...hello.

It seems it's always the same people who visit the library. I wish
everybody from the village came to read books.

With an Orange Heart:

Oh, hello. You've come!

I want to keep working in the library even after I get married...
As long as there are people who visit the library.

With a Red Heart:

Hello...oh...

Something's the matter. I felt strange just now.

A Few Events:

* When you first walk into the library you hear Mary talking. She is
saying some things for one of her books she is writing. Ask her what
she is writing and she will like you more.

* When Mary has at least a purple heart for you one day you will walk
in and she will ask you if you were here to read books. If you say you
are she'll feel really happy and like you more.

* When Mary has at least a blue heart for you she lends you a book
called 'The Carpenter And The King' press triangle when in your
inventory screen to read it. Then go back to the library and tell her
you liked the carpenter the best. She will agree and like you more.

* When you go to the square for the first time she will tell Gray
about how she once felt left out but the people were really nice and
eventually she felt settled in. She says that if you don't know what
to do then you should start thinking because you can always expect
things to happen without knowing.

* Some time after you have seen the first Gray 4 Mary event you will
walk into the library and Mary will lend Gray a book.

* Mary reads Gray a book she wrote. It was inspired by Gray and the
character is based on Gray (although at the time Mary is too shy to
admit it.)

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Popuri - 3rd of Summer (or the 10th if you choose to have a birthday
on the 3rd.)

Information: She is the girl that the villagers think is immature.

You can find her:
From 8 - 10 AM she will be near the hot spring with Ann.
At 11 she'll be back at the poultry farm and will stay there for the
rest of the day.
On Sundays from 10 am to 4 she will be at church.
In the Summer from Sun - Mon 12 - 5 she'll be at the beach.

Likes receiving: She likes receiving flowers (the yellow ones in spring,)
WEEDS! She likes receiving just any egg but I would recommend not giving
her plain eggs but spa boiled ones because she really loves them.

Really likes receiving: She really likes receiving the white flowers
in Spring or the Summer flowers (Pink Mint Flower.) Things made from
egg (spa boiled, fried etc.,) and relaxation tea.

Hates receiving: The natural resources (unless it is something sweet
like a berry.) Ore.

Her match: Kai will marry her if you don't.

Things she says:

With a Black Heart:

...Hello.

Can I help you?

With a Purple Heart:

Do you like farming? For me it's boring.

This is a secret, OK? *Looks at you with an angry expression as if
she would consider doing something evil if you didn't keep the secret.*
(not that you could tell the secret anyway because you never talk. She
should know that by now.)

With a Blue Heart:

You're nice, not like my brother.

My brother can't separate from me. ...I'll tell you the story some day
(she never does.)

With a Green Heart:

What was it like where you used to live?

I want to go places.

With a Yellow Heart:

My brother talks a lot about you. He likes you.

I respect you too.

With an Orange Heart:

What do you think about me, * your name * ? *blushes.*

Everybody says I'm immature. What do you think? *Has a face that shows
her eagerly waiting for your response.*

With a Red Heart:

Oh * your name * ... You always treat me like an adult.

I used to like flashy guys, but now I think quiet guys like you are
better * heart * .

A Few Events:

* When you first walk near the poultry farm you'll see Popuri and
Rick fighting about their chicken Pon dying. Rick will ask you to
find her from the mountain and bring her back because he can't. Go
to the mountain and find her. When she explains what happened say,
“my sympathies” and she'll like you more.

* When Popuri is close to a blue heart you will walk through the
poultry farm and walk right up to Popuri who is outside. She will
tell you about how she wants to leave. Tell her that would be cool
and she will like you more strangely enough (I would have thought
saying that would make her annoyed at you wanting her to go away.)

* When you have an extended chicken coop Popuri will come and tell
you to look after an egg. I heard you are meant to call the chicken
Popuri and she will like you more. She is meant to visit back once
the egg has hatched and take the egg and see what you named it yet
when I tried it in another game she never took it back!!! For this
event to occur it must be either Summer or Winter and Popuri must
like you with at least a blue heart.

* About one or two days before Summer you'll see Popuri and little
May greeting Kai.

* When you first go to the poultry farm in the Summer Popuri and
Kai will talk for a while.

* A few times you go to the beach and find Kai and Popuri talking.
Popuri will be blushing like mad.

* If Popuri and Kai get really close they will decide to go away
together but not tell anyone except for you. Kai tells you thinking
that you will keep the secret. When Rick asks you where they are you
can either tell and Rick will like you more and Kai will never know
you told. Or you can not tell and then Popuri and Kai will get
married. This event will happen from at least the second year.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

My Guide To Harvest Moon Back To Nature (PS1)

[HMVIL2B]

CHAPTER TWO: PART B - MARRIAGE

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

To allow your character to marry one of the girls you not only need
the girl to have an orange or red heart, and to show her the blue
feather but you also need to have at least all of the house
extensions other than the hot house.

You can't just be lazy and decide to maybe do all of the things
required for marriage in the end of the 3rd year because if you decide
to wait that long your rivals will probably beat you to it. Each of the
girls has a guy that will marry a girl if you don't. Here is a quick
guide on who will go with who if you're too slow:

Ann - Cliff (unless a certain evil thing happens see Cliff's section
for more details.)
Elli - Doctor.
Mary - Gray.
Karen - Rick.
Popuri - Kai (the last event about leaving has to happen before these
two marry.)

Once you have proposed to one of the girls the other girls will go
ahead and marry their matches. You will be guaranteed to be able to
marry the girl if you propose to her in the first year. How quickly
a girl and the 'other boy' marry depends on how many cut scenes
you've seen with the girl and the guy. The girl you want to marry
could marry your rival guy sooner than half way between the second
year so you should get your act together and propose ASAP or you'll
be beaten to it by the rival!

When you propose and the girl has a red heart for you and you have
all of the needed extensions the girl usually says something that
doesn’t quite sound like a yes. For example some of the girls act
really freaked out when you ask and they don’t seem to accept the
proposal because they say things like, “ I'll think about it” or,
“I'll have to ask.” A way that you can tell if they accepted is by
going into your inventory menu and checking if the blue feather is
still there. If it isn’t in your inventory anymore then the girl
accepted and she will marry you in about a week.

Once you have chosen your wife you can't go back and propose to
someone else (unless you just reload the game without saving and
choose another wife or make multiple copies of a game where all the
girls have a red heart and propose to each of the girls on separate
memory files.) However you can break up with your wife by neglecting
her. She leaves you once she gets a blue heart or less. This is why
you should try talking to her at least once every day (it's simple
enough and at least you don't have to give her gifts every day) so
that therefore she won't think you're neglecting her.
NOTE: You can only buy one blue feather in the game therefore you
can not break up with your wife and then choose someone else to marry.

Reasons For Marriage:

* Marriage is good because if you are married it means you can’t
possibly be sent out of the village even if none of the villagers
apart from the girl likes you.

* You get extra percentages.

* You will make one lucky girl really happy.

* You can have a son and watch him grow (although the oldest it can
be is a toddler.)

Reasons Against Marriage:

* If you marry, one of the guys will feel heartbroken. He won’t like
you less, and he doesn’t act heartbroken but he would be. Okay it's a
dodgy reason I know.

* If you don’t marry there will be more of a challenge to stay in the
village. (This might be considered as a good thing.) If you stay in
the village you will feel proud that you stayed in without having to
get married.

* If you are married to someone you can’t go to the festivals with
anyone else even if you just want to go with another girl as a friend.

* You can’t see any more events with the other girls liking you more.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

My Guide To Harvest Moon Back To Nature (PS1)

[HMVIL2C]

CHAPTER TWO: PART C - A DESCRIPTION OF EVERYONE ELSE.

(Getting the villagers to like you.)

Note: Everyone except for Saibara, Won, and Doug loves it when you give
them girls gifts!!! Zack especially loves the girls gifts.
ANOTHER NOTE: When I mention 'girls gifts' or 'girls presents' I'm
referring to the jewellery that Saibara makes.

Note: The events that are below are some of the main events that
happen between the first and third year (unless you don’t visit the
place until later.)

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Anna - 23rd of Fall

Information: Anna is Mary's mother and is married to Basil.

You can find her:
Every day except for Monday she will stay in her house until about 1.
Then she will go and meet up with her friends (Manna, and Sasha.) She
will arrive back at her house at 4:00.
On Monday mornings she will be out with her family in the flower patch
up in the mountain until 10 am. She arrives at the supermarket at
about 11.

Likes receiving: Things to cook with that you ship like eggs and
milk, red grass. She really likes to get flowers, girls gifts,
cookies, cheesecake (sweet food you cook,) and relaxation tea leaves.

Hates receiving: Ore, wine, weeds, and spa boiled eggs.

Her match: Basil of course.

Events:

* If you plant at least 90 flowers at the same time Anna will come
when the flowers are blooming and tell her she can have as many as
she wants. She'll give you a power berry.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Barley - 17th of Spring

Information: Barley is a sweet old man. He lives with his
granddaughter May.

You can find him:
He usually always stays at his ranch from 9 onwards.
On Mondays from 9 he goes to the Mayor's house then he goes to the
hot spring with May at about 1 - 3.

Likes receiving: Things you cook, and flowers. He really likes spa
boiled eggs.

Hates receiving: Litter, ore, and natural resources.

His match: None anymore * sob * .

Events:

* He is the one that gives you the horse. Before the first Summer
go to his ranch and you will see him and May with a horse. They
explain how they want someone to look after it and then you can
volunteer to take it. Both May and Barley will like you more from
doing this. They will like you especially more if you win a horse
race with it. If you neglect your horse Barley will take it away
but you can get it back by planting about 40 fodder squares.

* One day he walks up to you and tells you May is missing. At 7:00 go
to the beach and you will find May (I'm sorry but I've forgotten if
it was AM or PM so you'll have to check for yourself.) May will tell
you about her mum and you should listen. Then you return her home.
Both Barley and May feel grateful towards you. This event only happens
once Barley and May like you.

* This is more an event that has to do with May but I'll put it here
anyway. One day May comes to your farm and asks if she can help you.
Barley follows her and tells her basically that she shouldn't bother
others and that they are busy working. May gets annoyed because she
feels that everyone is busy. Barley asks you if you can find someone
who can look after her. Go to the church and Carter will say he's
happy to look after her. Then you'll see Stu coming over. He will
say that he is annoyed that everyone is busy too and Carter will
talk about how he can look after them both.

* Once Barley and May like you you can take your dog over to the Barleys
place and show the dog to Barley, May, and the dog. I've forgotten
quite how this works but I think they ask if they can keep your
dog at their house for a while. Days later Barley and May tell you
that their dog has had puppies and that your dog is the father. You
can't keep the puppy but you can give it away to someone. The girls
really like it.

* The day before the cow or sheep festivals he comes and asks you if
you want to enter a cow/sheep and tells you that the cow/sheep
festival is tomorrow.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Basil - 11th of Summer

Information: Basil is Mary's father and is married to Anna. He is a
nature lover.

Where to find him:
Usually he just stays in his house. Sometimes he is actually in his
room but it is locked and the only way to get him is to befriend him
and his family.
On Monday mornings he is with his family at the flower patch in the
mountain.
He goes to the pub at around 7:30 PM .

Likes receiving: He likes receiving natural resources. He really
likes flowers, and spa boiled eggs.

Hates receiving: Fish, ore, and weeds.

His match: Anna.

Events:

* None that I can think of.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Carter - 20th of Fall.

Information: Carter is the very nice priest with a sense of humour.

Where to find him:
Err gees that's a tough question *sarcasticness.* He is at church of
course. Sometimes when you go to the church he is at the confession
box so you can't talk to him unless you confess.

Likes receiving: Spa boiled eggs, flowers, and popcorn.

Hates receiving: Ore.

His match: He is a priest he doesn't have a match. That would be
disloyal to the priest code if he did.

Events:

* He asks you to go to the music festival and play something. He is
eternally grateful if you say yes.

* When your animal dies he is always there for you.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Cliff - 6th of Summer.

Information: He's a shy, nice guy. He's a LEGEND and one of my
favourite male characters in the game! ^_^ u gotta love him.

Where to find him:
In the day time he is at church but from 5:00 onwards he stays at the
inn.

Likes receiving: He loves it when you give him spa boiled eggs,
flowers, and sweet food.

Hates receiving: Ore, weeds, and natural resources.

His match: ME!!! No not really *sob.* Cliff will marry Ann if you
don’t It's a bit disturbing that Cliff and Ann get together because
Ann reminds Cliff of his sister.

Events:

* See Ann's events.

* SPOILER BUT ONE THAT YOU COULD REGRET NOT READING: During the first
Fall Duke will try giving you a job of harvesting grapes. He will
tell you that you can bring one other person. Ask Cliff to have the
job (don't try asking anyone else beforehand or the option of asking
Cliff will disappear and you won't be able to save him.) Cliff will
be very grateful if you give him the job and it will mean that he
will stay in the village. If you do not give him the job he will
talk about not having anything to do in the village and not having
much money and will leave *sob* .

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Doctor - Fall the 17th.

Information: He is the guy that is known only as 'Doctor.' He isn't
known for showing emotions or expressions.

Where to find him:
You can find him in the clinic most of the time except on Wednesdays
where he turns up at the mountain from the start of the day till about
10 AM when he goes to the clinic.
Then at 2 he goes to the library.

Likes receiving: He loves wine and likes grass (not fodder but the
natural resource kind.)

Hates receiving: Ore.

His match: Elli if you don't marry her.

Events:

* Sometimes when you walk into the clinic he talks to Elli about how
she is a great nurse. For more details see Elli's section.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Doug - 11th of Winter.

Information: He is Ann’s dad. He works at the inn.

Where to find him:
He is always at the inn.

Likes receiving: He loves it when you give him wine, truffles and
grapes, fish, and apples. He also likes mushrooms, and eggs.

Hates receiving: Flowers, girls gifts, ore and most natural resources.

His match: No one anymore.

Events:

* None.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Duke - 15th of Winter.

Information: He is the man who has an addiction to alcohol. Ever
since his daughter Aja left he drinks himself to sleep.

Where to find him:
From 9 - 10 AM he is in the winery.
From 10 - about 1 he is in the cellar.
From 1 - 5 PM he is outside the winery picking grapes and pacing up
and down near the grapes.
From 7:30 - about 10:30 PM he is in the inn. Afterwards he walks back
to his winery.

Likes receiving: He really loves it when you give him wine, girls
gifts, apples, or grapes.

Hates receiving: Ore, and weeds.

His match: He's married to Manna.

Events:

* Well he gives you the job that keeps Cliff in the village. * See
Cliffs section for more details about that. *

* One day when you walk into the inn Duke will be lying on the floor
and drunk. You pick up the glass of water and press the X button to
throw it at him to splash him (be careful not to just throw the glass
and smash it which I have done accidentally a few times.) This will
make him come to his senses and he will like you more. For this event
to occur Duke has to like you.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Ellen - 13th of Winter.

Information: Ellen is the old lady who is Elli and Stu's Grandmother.
She is into nature (she talks a lot about the smell of the grass and
the mushrooms which people are kind enough to give her.)

Where to find her:
She is always in her house unless it's a very important celebration
like a wedding. You can go into her house from 9 till 5 or so.

Likes receiving: Flowers, wool, hot milk, natural resources (except
the poisonous mushroom of course,) things you cook that wouldn't be
considered just for the young people (preferably nutritious,) and
apple pie.

Hates receiving: Food that would be considered for the children
(really sweet foods like popcorn, and ice cream or things to eat that
are too hard like an apple.) She also hates receiving ore.

Her match: No one anymore.

Events:

* None that I know of except for the mayor apple pie one (which I
describe fully in the mayor's section.)

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Elves
Aqua - 26th of Spring
Bold - 4th of Spring
Chef - 14th of Fall
Hoggy - 10th of Fall
Nappy - 22nd of Winter (The birthday isn't mentioned in the booklet)
Staid - 15th of Spring
Timid - 16th of Summer

Information: They all look the same except for their clothes. They
all can work for you unless it is the Spring when they have their tea
parties.

Where to find them:
They are ALWAYS in their little hut behind the church.

Like receiving: They are all happy getting basically anything. Don't
show them an animal the size of your dog or bigger because it scares
them.

Hate receiving: They all don't like the minerals, and animals larger
than them.

Their match: None unless they all like each other.

Events:

* It's the event that some of you have been waiting to be
described.
HOW TO GET RELAXATION TEA LEAVES.
Once you have the biggest backpack you are able to do this trick:
In the Spring the elves can't work for you because they are busy
having their party. Go to the sprites house at 3 PM - 4 PM and bring
a present for each of them (I always bring 9 just in case the party
isn't on and I have to walk out and straight back in again.) Once
you've given them each a present they will let you join in with their
party. When the party is finished and you are about to leave they will
give you relaxation tea leaves. You can make tea from them, give them
to someone (the ladies love them) or sell it for 1000g!!!

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Gotz - 2nd of Fall

Information: Gotz is the friendly woodcutter.

Where to find him:
He is usually around his house. Except on the days he isn't working
when he goes to Mayor Thomas's.
In the mornings you can find him in the flower patch area or sometimes
near the lake.
At around 9 AM he goes back to his house.

Likes receiving: Wood, and ore.

Hates receiving: Sticks (strangely enough,) rubbish, and flowers.

His match: No one.

Events:

* The third time you keep giving the goddess things from your farm
the goddess will give you wood. Gotz will come up and take it (for a
price) and then like you more.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Gray - 6th of Winter

Information: Gray is the guy that seems a bit depressed. He doesn't
really like the village.

Where to find him:
8:00 AM - 1:00 Gray is at Saibara's.
From 1:00 till 4 he is at the library.
Gray leaves at 4 and goes to the inn.

Likes receiving: He really likes it when you give him minerals
from the mine. He also likes flowers but not as much.

Hates receiving: Natural resources, rubbish.

His match: If you don't go with Mary he will.

Events:

* See the section on Mary to find out most of his events.

* There is also an event where you walk into Saibara's workshop and
see Gray. He hurts himself on the burner. Saibara gives him some
treatment. It shows that Saibara likes him now. Saibara and Gray have
to like you a little for you to be able to see this event.

* Gray has to like you before this event takes place. This event can't
happen in Winter. One day Gray will turn up in your farm and try
helping you. He'll pull out all of your weeds!! The next day he'll make
a hammer that doesn't work and the day after that he'll apologise for
being annoying. When this event occurs Gray will like you more.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Greg - 29th of Spring

Information: Greg is the fisher.

Where to find him:
The only place he ever hangs out is the beach.
From Friday - Sunday about 7:30 PM - 10 he is at the very end of the
jetty fishing.
On the weekends you can see him in the morning fishing too sometimes
until about 11 AM.

Likes receiving: Fish (of course) although he doesn't like the little
fish because you can't cook anything with them.

Hates receiving: Rubbish, and ore.

His match: No one.

Events:

* When you first talk to Greg he will ask you if you like fishing. If
you say, “yes” he will give you a fishing rod.

* Once you have at least 50 fish in your pond Greg comes over and says,
"whoa that's a lot of fish" and give you the fishing pole which is a
better version of the fishing pole. Your chances of catching fish
increases.
NOTE: getting 50 fish isn't that hard if you know this: When you catch
fish put them in the pond and make sure you feed them every day.
When you feed them it makes sure the fish don't die and your fish
multiply. Also the beach is not the best place to fish. Fishing by
the mini river on the bridge gives you such a better chance of
catching fish. Just before winter take out the fish in the pond and
put them in the fridge. In winter the pond is frozen over so put the
fish in the fridge instead of the pond. Then when winter is over put
the fish from the fridge into the pond and they will still be alive
(strangely enough.)

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Harris - 4th of Summer

Information: Harris is the policeman who wants a little more action
in his life because the village doesn't have much crime going on at
all.

Where to find him: 7:30 - 10:00 AM Harris visits Yodel Ranch.
From 10:00 - 12 he should be at Gotz's house.
At 12 - about 3 PM you can find him at the Inn.
Then he goes to Mayor Thomas's.

Likes receiving: Flowers.

Hates receiving: Ore, and natural resources.

His match: WARNING: MAJOR SURPRISE TOLD. ONLY READ IF YOU WANT A BIT
OF THE PLOT RUINED. He likes Aja.

Events:

* One night when going down near Gotz's house Harris and a few other
villagers will be huddled around. They will be discussing a strange
eerie shadow being found. I won't explain what the shadow is of
because I want you to be surprised.

* The first time you walk into the inn in the second year you will
hear about a thief who has sneaked into the inn and keeps eating
cakes. You will be asked to help find out who the thief is. Go into
the normally locked room then walk out again to trigger a scene
about the thief.

* ONLY READ IF YOU DON'T MIND A HARVEST MOON SECRET SPOILED. When you
get Harris to like you a lot he will come over one day and tell you
about his love for Aja. He considers writing a letter. Tell Manna and
letters will be sent to Aja about Harris loving her. A long distance
relationship will occur. Harris will like you more for telling Manna.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Jeff - 29th of Winter

Information: Jeff is the man at the supermarket that 'always has a
stomach.' He is rather passive. He loves painting and in the Gamecube
version of Harvest Moon there is a picture which he painted. He's
one of my favourite characters.

Where to find him:
Unless it is a Tuesday or a Sunday he is always at his supermarket.
On Tuesdays and Sundays he is either inside with the door locked or
at the clinic.

Likes receiving: He really likes it when you give him medicine. He
also likes spa boiled eggs and flowers.

Hates receiving: Weeds, and ore.

His match: He is married to Sasha. He has loved her since he was a
teenager but often gets into fights with her.

Events:

* One day Jeff goes on a sale (he doesn't offer you anything cheaper
though) out of happiness. The villagers think it is because he is
having problems with his bills due to their not paying and think he
is going to close down. Many villagers pay back everything that they
owe him. Jeff is really happy. Jeff has to like you for this event
to happen.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Kai - 22nd of Summer

Information: Kai is the villager every male villager loves to hate.
The females all like him though.

Where to find him:
From 1 - 5 PM you can find him at the beach outside. Before then he
is inside the white hut which you can't enter.
From 7:30 PM onwards he will be at the inn.

Likes receiving: He really likes it when you give him wine, flowers,
and girls gifts. He likes eggs, and popcorn.

Hates receiving: Spa boiled eggs, ore, and natural resources.

His match: If you don't marry Popuri he will.

Events:

* See Popuri's section.

* When you first go to the inn in Summer you will see Kai. Duke and
Rick fighting with Kai and will say they don't want him at the inn.
They will ask what you think. You can either say Kai's wrong and make
Rick and Duke like you more but Kai to not like you as much and to be
annoyed. If you say, "you're both wrong” meaning that Duke and Rick
are wrong. Kai will be grateful and like you more. Rick will kind of
understand the way you feel.

* If you plant corn Kai will ask you if you can give him some. You
can either give it to him for free, discounted, or for the normal
price. If you give him it for free he'll like you more. Annoyingly
enough the game does this any time when you get corn and sometimes the
only way you can give Kai corn is to cut down a side corn and give
him one from the middle.

* You can possibly go out on a date with Kai!!! This only works if Kai
likes you. The day before the fireworks festival in the second year
(it may work in the first year if you are friends with him) talk to
Kai. He will say that there is nothing good to do in the village. You
can invite him to go to the fireworks festival. Then on the night
Popuri will come over and ask who Kai is watching the fireworks with.
He will tell her he's watching them with your character. Popuri will
be relieved. You'll try going to the beach but Rick will fight with
Kai and yell at him about seeing the fireworks. You and Kai will have
to watch the fireworks somewhere else. Kai will like you more for
staying with him.

* The day after a hurricane when you walk to the beach you will
pick up a bottle. Kai will be interested in it. He will ask if you
are going to stay in the village. If you tell him, “yes forever” he
will give you a ‘love potion.’ It is perfume that you can give to a
girl and she really likes it but I liked just showing it around to
the villagers first. If you say you'll leave you can keep the bottle
and he'll like you slightly more but I prefer just getting the
perfume.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Kano - 2nd of Winter

Information: Kano lives with Mayor Thomas. He is a photographer who
at first only brags to you about himself and his great photographing
skills.

Where to find him:
He stays at the mayors house all day.
At night at 7:30 he goes to the inn. He walks back to the mayors house
at 10:00.

Likes receiving: He really likes it when you give him flowers, and
spa boiled eggs. He likes ore.

Hates receiving: Natural resources.

His match: No one.

Events:

* When you win events he takes a photo of you.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Lillia - 19th of Spring

Information: She is the sick mother of Rick and Popuri. She works at
the Poultry farm.

Where to find her:
She is at the poultry farm from 12:00 - 4:00.
On Sundays if she isn't inside the poultry farm she is at the clinic.

Likes receiving: She really likes it when you give her a bracelet. She
also likes flowers and medicine.

Hates receiving: Spa boiled eggs, natural resources, and wine.

Her match: She has a husband but he is constantly away looking for a
cure to her sickness. She feels very lonely.

Events:

* None.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Louis - 2nd of Spring

Information: He studies bees. He hangs out with Gotz.

Where to find him:
He's around where Gotz is. If Gotz is outside his house Louis is
inside.

Likes receiving: He really likes it when you give him honey. He also
likes flowers.

Hates receiving: Ore, and weeds.

His match: None.

Events:

* About three days after you give him honey he will go to your farm
and look at your bees. He will realize that the bees you have are very
rare and the ones he has been desperately wanting to find. He will
tell Zack how rare the honey is and you will get more money for your
honey (normally 40g now 60g.)
B.T.W. in case you're wondering how you get honey you plant a few
flowers in your farm and it will attract bees. You only need about
2 bags of fully grown flowers in your farm at the same time (meaning
don't grow one bag in Summer and one in Fall) and bees will stay at
your farm forever. You don't even have to keep growing flowers for
them to stay!

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Manna - 11th of Fall

Information: She works at the winery. She talks a lot and has, ever
since her daughter left.

Where to find her: From 9 AM - 1 you will find her at the winery unless
it is a Saturday when she doesn't work.
1 - 4 she hangs out at the square with her friends (Sasha and Anna.)
Except on Mondays when she goes to the supermarket.

Likes receiving: She likes the recipe for ketchup that you found whilst
mining. She also likes it when you give her grape juice, apples, and
grapes. She loves flowers.

Hates receiving: Ore, wine, weeds, and litter.

Her match: She's married to Duke.

Events:

* None really except for a few previously mentioned ones.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

May - 26th of Winter

Information: She is Barley's granddaughter.

Where to find her:
It depends on how far the story has progressed. At first she is always
with Barley but after a while she goes to the church too.

Likes receiving: Spa boiled eggs, old boots and cans from fishing,
and flowers, the recipe found in a bottle whilst fishing in the sea.

Hates receiving: Bones of fish, and ore.

Her match: Stu.

Events:

* See Barley's section.

* SEMI PLOT SPOILER: Once she really likes you and she goes to church
you'll go near the church and see her. She'll talk about loving you.
Stu gets jealous (it's cute.) There are two things you can say to her.
Tell her that when she's older you'd be with her. She gets happy. Stu
says he's angry with you and storms into the church. Then when you go
into the church Stu and May start fighting. Pastor Carter breaks up
the fight. Stu doesn't like you any less from this event. The next
day May sends you a thank you letter.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Rick - 27th of Fall

Information: Rick is Lillia's daughter. He helps delivering things at
the poultry farm.

Where to find him:
From 9 AM - 10 AM he is with Karen at the letter box near the
supermarket.
From 12 - 4 he works at the poultry farm.
On Tuesdays Rick visits Saibara 1:30 - 4 PM.
From 7:30 - 10 he is in the inn.

Likes receiving: Spa boiled eggs, wine, flowers, and chicken food!!!

Hates receiving: Natural resources (apart from berries and grapes,)
and ore.

His match: If you don't marry Karen he will.

Events:

* See Popuri and Karen's sections.

* Once you have upgraded your chicken coop and have at least 5 vacant
spots for chickens Rick will come over and ask you to look after five
of his chickens. He will even let you keep the eggs. :D

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Saibara - 11th of Spring

Information: He is a blacksmith who works at Saibara's workshop. He
is rather hard on his grandson Gray because he thinks it will make
Gray work better.

Where to find him:
He'll stay in his workshop and house all day. He will work there from
10 - 4.
At 7:30 PM he goes to the inn and comes back at 10:00.

Likes receiving: He really likes ore.

Hates receiving: He is one of the only people who hates receiving girls
gifts. He also hates when you give him natural resources, and flowers.

His match: No one.

Events:

* One event that I describe in Grays section.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Sasha - 30th of Spring

Information: She is Karen's mother.

Where to find her:
She spends most of her time beyond the second door at the supermarket.
From 1 - 4 she is at the square with her friends.
On Tuesdays and Sundays in the morning she visits the animal ranches
and then Ellen.

Likes receiving: Flowers, berries and flour.

Hates receiving: Egg related things, natural resources, ore, and weeds.

Her match: She is married to Jeff.

Events:

* In Jeff's section.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Stu - 5th of Fall

Information: He is the grandson of Ellen and his sister is Elli. He
likes showing her bugs and scaring her with them.

Where to find him:
At first he is always at Ellen's house but if you progress a bit further
he will start going to the church after a cut scene.

Likes receiving: He really likes it when you give him sandwiches. He
also likes flowers, bugs, and ice cream.

Hates receiving: Ore, and natural resources.

His match: May (so cute.) ^.^

Events:

* See May's events.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Thomas The Mayor - 25th of Summer

Information: Thomas is the bright and usually always cheerful mayor.

Where to find him:
He is usually at his house. He goes to the square on Sundays and the day
before important events.

Likes receiving: Flowers.

Hates receiving: Ore, and rubbish.

His match: No one.

Events:

* On the first Spring on the 16th the mayor asks you to grow three
turnips for him. You have to give them to him at the same time and
the day before the festival or earlier. He likes you more if you do.
If you say you're too busy not only does the mayor like you less
but all the girls do too!

* One day he comes over and asks you to take apple pie from the inn
to Ellen. If you do, not only will the mayor be happy and like you
more Ellen will too!

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Won - 19th of Winter

Information: Won is the sneaky con man who you can not always trust
with his prices.

Where to find him:
He will be at the inn from about 12 - 4 PM (he magically appears inside
without you seeing him walking to the inn.)

Likes receiving: Anything from the supermarket! He also likes eggs,
flowers and grape juice.

Hates receiving: Weeds, and ore.

His match: No one.

Events:

* There is an event where Harris goes up to you and tells you that
there is an untrustworthy salesman roaming around the village (Won.)
Then Won comes up after Harris leaves and stays at your farm under the
tree for a while. Later some stage Harris can be found at the square
and you can tell him where Won was (which will make Harris like you
more.) Unfortunately after Harris has left Won walks right into the
square so won doesn't get caught. Then go find Harris at Gotz's house.

* Every now and then he tries selling you things. One day he tries
selling you a normal apple for 500G!!! He forces you to buy a ball
from him. Sometimes there is a glitch and he thinks he hasn't sold
you a ball when he has so you'll be forced to pay for an extra ball!
To avoid this carry the ball outside whenever you walk out from your
farm after sleeping. Never buy things he sells in cut scenes (except
for the ball a nice rug, and a vase which you'd never be able to buy
any other way,) because he rips you off in cut scenes. He even tries
selling you a blue feather for 30,000 (incredible rip off).

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Zack - 29th of Summer

Information: Zack is known as 'the buyer.' He buys the things you ship
in a day and sells them to others.

Where to find him: At around 8 AM he goes to the supermarket.
At exactly 5:00 PM Zack will come and buy the things you have shipped
at the front of your farm with the main shipment box.
I sometimes see him walking from Saibara's at around 6:00 PM.

Likes receiving: He really, really likes when you give him girls gifts
and Orichalcum (the thing that you use to make girls gifts.) He also likes
tomatoes, and flowers.

Hates receiving: Ore, and weeds.

His match: ANOTHER SECRET SPOILER TOLD. He likes.... Lillia.

Events:

None.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

My Guide To Harvest Moon Back To Nature (PS1)

[HMVIL2D]

CHAPTER TWO: PART D - THE BABY.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

About a season after marriage if your wife still loves you with at least
an orange heart your wife will start to feel like something is wrong.
On that day you should go to the doctor. You will see your wife there.
She will be talking to the doctor and the doctor will tell her she is
pregnant. When you go up to your wife she will be shocked at first and
tell you the news. Your character and the wife will be very happy.

When you go home your wife will start saying things that are different
from what she used to say. There are 3 different stages of saying different
things. When it is her third stage of saying something different you know
that she is close to having her baby. Soon you will wake up and your
wife will be giving birth.

Your baby loves: Hot milk, and flowers.

Unfortunately you can't give your baby gifts when it is first born.
Your wife will hold onto it for a season and you'll only be able to
talk to your wife and not the baby. Talking to your wife twice every
day when she holds the baby is an easy way of getting the baby to like
you more. After a season when it starts crawling you can give it gifts
(not only that but you can pick it up and show it to the villagers.)
Try giving it some flowers and hot milk every day to ensure that the
babies heart level will go up quickly (you get a percentage for each
heart you get.) It will then start walking and running (but it is kind
of hard to tell that it is standing up at first until you look closely.)
The running is the oldest stage that your baby gets.

Event:
15 days after the baby is born your wife tells you the baby is sick.
If you take it to the clinic your wife will like you more.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

My Guide To Harvest Moon Back To Nature (PS1)

[HMPRO3A]

CHAPTER THREE: PART A - THE NATURAL RESOURCES

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Spring Natural Resources:

Resource: Location: Price:
3 Bamboo Shoots: 3 By The Hot Spring. 50g each.
2 Blue Grass: 1 By Gotz's House, One By Hot Spring. 100g each.

Amount: Price:
ALTOGETHER IN A DAY: 350 g.
ALTOGETHER IN A WEEK: 2450 g.
ALTOGETHER IN A MONTH: 10500 g.

Summer Natural Resources:

2 Red Grass: 1 By Hot Spring, 1 By Gotz's House. 100 g each.

ALTOGETHER IN A DAY: 200 g.
ALTOGETHER IN A WEEK: 1400 g.
ALTOGETHER IN A MONTH: 6000 g.

Fall Natural Resources:

4 Mushrooms: 4 Around The Forest. 70 g each.
1 Poisonous Mushroom: 1 By Gotz's House. 100 g each.
2 Berries: 2 By Lake. 50 g each.
1 Truffle: 1 By The Bridge In Small Pathway. 500 g each.
2 Green Grass: 1 By Gotz's House, One By Hot Spring. 100 g each.

ALTOGETHER IN A DAY: 1180 g.
ALTOGETHER IN A WEEK: 8260 g.
ALTOGETHER IN A MONTH: 35400 g.

Winter Natural Resources:

None.

All Of The Natural Resources Added Up In A Year: 51900 g.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

My Guide To Harvest Moon Back To Nature (PS1)

[HMPRO3B]

CHAPTER THREE: PART B - ANIMALS

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

How Long It Takes For Animals To Become Old Enough To Give You
Things That You Can Ship:

* Brought Chicken: It takes 3 proper days of feeding until the chicken
can lay eggs for you to ship (unless it already likes you because you
got one with hearts using the exchange animals trick in which case it
will only take 1 day of feeding until it lays eggs for you.)
* Hatched Chicken: The egg stays in the incubator for three days until
it hatches. It takes about 7 days of proper feeding until it becomes a
chicken and it will lay an egg after about 10 days when it has a heart
for you.
* Brought Cow: When you buy a cow it takes 15 days of feeding it until
it can make milk.
* M.P. Cow: The cow is pregnant for 20 days. It takes 30 days for the
baby cow to give milk.
* Brought Sheep: When you buy one it is ready to be sheered straight
away.
* M.P. Sheep: The sheep is pregnant for 20 days. It takes 15 days for
the baby sheep to be able to give wool.

Looking After Your Animals:
* Chicken: Just feed them with chicken feed (from Lillia's or made from
corn with your silo.) When you have grass you can take it outside
instead of using up chicken feed. When it is raining take them inside
again or they'll get sick. Have a fence so mad dogs don't attack the
chickens (can be made of wood or rocks.) Make sure you don't forget to
feed them. If you don't feed them one day they won't give eggs for
three days. Can enter Sumo Chicken Festival.
* Cow: Just like looking after your chickens except you should also
brush your cows. Can enter cow festival and make golden milk if it
wins.
* Dog: Pick it up once every day. From the first Fall you can train
it with the ball Won forces you to buy. He can win the dog festival
for you if he is trained well enough. He can try chasing away wild
dogs but not very well (you hear him barking but he only chases the
wild dog away when it is near it and by the time he gets near it the
wild dog could scare your animal and make your animals like you less.
* Horse: Brush it and talk to it every day. Eventually when it's old
enough you won't be able to talk to it and you can ride it. It has
a pouch that will send things to the shipping basket which is handy
when making crops outside.
* Sheep: Just like looking after your cows. Can enter sheep festival
and it makes golden wool if it wins.

The Quality Of Your Shipments:
The more the animals like you the better quality the animals shipping
goods will be.
Normal Quality/Small: When your animal has 0-3 hearts.
Good Quality/Medium: 4-7 hearts.
Excellent Quality/Large: 8-10 hearts.
Gold: Win the *insert animal type here* Festival.

Animal Related Shipment Money Amount

Chicken related:
Normal/Small Egg: 50g
Good/Medium Egg: 50g
Excellent/Large Egg: 50g
Grand/Golden Egg: 150g

Normal/Small Mayonnaise: 100g
Good/Medium Mayonnaise: 150g
Excellent/Large Mayonnaise: 200g
Grand/Golden Mayonnaise: 300g

Cow related:
Normal/Small Milk: 100g
Good/Medium Milk: 150g
Excellent/Large Milk: 200g
Grand/Golden Milk: 300g

Normal/Small Cheese: 300g
Good/Medium Cheese: 400g
Excellent/Large Cheese: 500g
Grand/Golden Cheese: 600g

Sheep related:
Normal/Small Wool: 100g
Good/Medium Wool: 400g
Excellent/Large Wool: 500g
Grand/Golden Wool: 600g

Normal/Small Yarn: 300
Good/Medium Yarn: 700
Excellent/Large Yarn: 800
Grand/Golden Yarn: 1,000

Fish:
Small: 50
Medium: 120
Large: 200

Selling Animals: You can only sell the animals that you can ship things
from. You should only sell your animals if they are about to die (3.5
years of age) or if you decided you don't like the selection of
animals you have (for example you have 20 sheep but then decide you
want 10 cows and 10 sheep.)

The Animal Debate: A lot of people wonder what is better. 20 cows,
20 sheep, or 10 cows and 10 sheep. Well when you think logically
about the money altogether cows are giving you a lot more (sheep wool can
give up to double the amount of money cows milk can but they only
give wool once a fortnight whilst cows give milk every day so therefore
you'll on the longrun be getting a lot more money with cows than with
sheep. In two weeks with a small milk giving cow you'd get 4200g and
with a golden sheep in two weeks you'd get 600g.) However a few people
would prefer having all sheep because it would take less time shearing
them (think about it you probably won't have your sheep giving wool at
the same time so every day you'll have less actual real life time
being taken up.) Having all sheep would also be better for space.
Having all cows can be a little annoying when your trying to get to
certain spots because they are bigger so they block more. Taking all
of these points into concideration you may decide to have 10 cows
and 10 sheep which is fair enough. In fact I think if the points I
made towards having sheep got you interested you should definately
have 10 cows and 10 sheep (not 20 sheep) because cows give you an
incredibly bigger amount of money than sheep and you shouldn't just
ignore that fact.

About The Miracle Potion: I've heard people talking about how 'great'
the miracle potion is and how, "it saves you a lot of money." Well
they're wrong. I've done the calculations and Miracle Potions make a
cow pregnant and unable to give milk for 20 days. The cow miracle potions
cost 2000g and people think that because cows are normally 6000 this
is a major bargain (saving 4000.) The thing is that when you buy cows
they give milk only 15 days after feeding. When a cow is born you have
to wait a season before it is an adult cow and can give milk. That's
15 days of small milk that you miss out on plus the additional 20 days
of milk that you are missing out on by making a cow pregnant. I have
calculated it all and you save a bit of money in the end if you buy a
Miracle Potion and use that to make the cow pregnant when it has JUST
BECOME an adult. I would ONLY recommend using miracle potions on cows
that give small milk though because otherwise you are actually missing
out on money. However if you have 4000g and you don't have 6000 and
your cow won't be giving large milk for quite a while then it could
be alright to use a miracle potion (you are only wasting 500g if you
use a miracle potion on a, 'medium milk' cow which isn't much.)

About The Cow and Sheep festivals: If your animal gives Excellent/Large
quality produce they'll definately win the festival for it. For this
they'll have to have at least 8 hearts. Once they've won the festivals
that cow/sheep will give golden milk/wool.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

My Guide To Harvest Moon Back To Nature (PS1)

[HMPRO3C]

CHAPTER THREE: PART C - CROPS

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Crop Related Shipment

If you plant seeds in the wrong seasons for example Summer seeds in
Fall then nothing will grow unless you are using a hot house.

TO GET THE SEEDS THAT YOU CAN’T NORMALLY BUY FROM THE SUPERMARKET:
Won sells you the Cabbage, Pineapple, and Green Pepper seeds. To get
the Strawberry, Pumpkin, and Spinach seeds available you need to
have shipped over 100 of every vegetable/fruit for that month.
For example: To get Strawberry seeds sell 101 (at least) Cabbages,
Cucumbers, Potatoes, and Turnips.

NOTE: Corn is not only good for money it is also a great way to make
chicken feed. You need to get corn and throw it into the windmill
silo for making chicken feed. One piece of corn gives you 10 amount
of chicken feed.

Another Note: One of the best vegetables to grow is the sweet potato.
It not only is cheap to buy a packet of seeds of but it is also
renewable and grows very quickly. You get a pretty good price for
it too.


NR - Not Renewable. It means that once you have shipped the
vegetables/fruit you will not be able to get more of that
vegetables/fruit until you buy more seeds for it.
R - Renewable. This means that even after shipping you can water
the plant and more vegetables/fruit will appear. This saves you the
trouble of buying seeds often and makes the seeds you brought be more
worth the value but usually renewable crops take more time to grow
than non-renewable. After you've first shipped a renewable crop the
next times it is quicker to grow them.

Spring Crops:

Cabbages: (NR.)
Selling Price: 250 g each.
Amount of time it takes to grow: 14 Days To Grow.
Amount of harvests in month: 2 times.
Profit in season: 250x8x2 (4000)

Cucumbers: (R.)
Selling Price: 60 g each.
Amount of time it takes to grow:9 Days To Grow.
Amount of harvests in month:
Profit in season:

Potatoes: (NR.)
Selling Price: 80 g each.
Amount of time it takes to grow: 7 Days To Grow.
Amount of harvests in month: 4 times.
Profit in season: 80x8x4 (2560g)

Strawberries: (R.)
Selling Price: 30 g each.
Amount of time it takes to grow: 8 Days To Grow.
Amount of harvests in month:
Profit in season:

Turnips: (NR.)
Selling Price: 60 g each.
Amount of time it takes to grow: 4 Days To Grow.
Amount of harvests in month: 7
Profit in season: 60x8x7 (3360)

Best Crop:

Summer Crops:

Corn: (R.)
Selling Price: 100 g each.
Amount of time it takes to grow: 14 Days To Grow.
Amount of harvests in month:
Profit in season:

Onions: (NR.)
Selling Price: 80 g each.
Amount of time it takes to grow: 7 Days To Grow.
Amount of harvests in month: 4
Profit in season: 80x8x4 (2560)

Pineapples: (R.)
Selling Price: 500 g each.
Amount of time it takes to grow: 20 Days To Grow.
Amount of harvests in month:
Profit in season:

Pumpkins: (NR.)
Selling Price: 250 g each.
Amount of time it takes to grow: 14 Days To Grow.
Amount of harvests in month: 2
Profit in season: 250x8x2 (4000)

Tomatoes: (R.)
Selling Price: 60 g each.
Amount of time it takes to grow: 9 Days To Grow.
Amount of harvests in month:
Profit in season:

Fall Crops:

Carrots: (NR.)
Selling Price: 120 g each.
Amount of time it takes to grow: 7 Days To Grow.
Amount of harvests in month: 4
Profit in season: 120x8x4 (3840)

Eggplants: (R.)
Selling Price: 80 g each.
Amount of time it takes to grow: 9 Days To Grow.
Amount of harvests in month:
Profit in season:

Green Peppers: (R.)
Selling Price: 40 g each.
Amount of time it takes to grow: 7 Days To Grow.
Amount of harvests in month:
Profit in season:

Spinach: (NR.)
Selling Price: 80 g each.
Amount of time it takes to grow: 5 Days To Grow.
Amount of harvests in month: 6 (provided you start planting at the
very first day of the season).
Profit in season: 80x8x5 (3200)

Sweet Potatoes: (R.)
Selling Price: 120 g each.
Amount of time it takes to grow: 5 Days To Grow.
Amount of harvests in month:
Profit in season:

Best Crop: The best crop by far is the sweet potato. If you ever want
to get money easily without cheating this is definately the way. This
crop is the best crop you will get in the game. Do not let this
oppurtunity slip. I reccomend buying at least 3 bags of seeds for this.
By the end of the month your character will be drowning in money.

Winter Crops:
None.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

My Guide To Harvest Moon Back To Nature (PS1)

[HMPRO3D]

CHAPTER THREE: PART D - MINING

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Mining is the only place you will get the ore from. It is good for
upgrading tools (explained in Chapter One - Part D All The Tools,)
making machines, and girls gifts (accessories 1000g.)
In the mines no time is taken up so this is a good way to make money.
If you are into mining it is best to get the shipping basket ASAP
(this will make your mining trips a lot more worthwhile.) When mining
tires you, you can have a quick dip in the hotspring and then go back
in the mine.

Normal Mine:
Money bags. (The money automatically is put into your money collection.)
Junk Ore. (It looks like a dodgy rock.)
Copper Ore. (It looks like a bronze nugget.)
Silver Ore. (It looks like a silver nugget.)
Gold Ore. (It looks like a gold nugget.)
Mysterile. (It's blue. I might have accidently referred to it somewhere
in this guide as periwinkle because that's the colour it is.)

Winter Mine: (To find out more about it look in Chapter One - Part E
The Village.)
Money Bags.
Junk Ore. (It looks like a dodgy rock.)
Mysterile. (It's blue. I might have accidently referred to it somewhere
in this guide as periwinkle because that's the colour it is.)
Orichalcum. (It looks like a silver crystal. It's loved by Zack and
you can make girls gifts out of it which are loved by almost everyone!)
Adamantite. (Aqua coloured rock used for making the Mayonaisse Maker,
Cheese Maker, and Yarn Ball Maker.)

Amount Of Money They Give You:
Junk Ore: 1g.
Money Bags: 10g (instantly.)
Copper Ore:15g.
Silver Ore:20g.
Gold Ore:25g.
Mysterile:40g.
Orichalcum:50g.
Adamantite:50g.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

My Guide To Harvest Moon Back To Nature (PS1)

[dates]

CHAPTER FOUR: PART A - ALL THE DATES YOU SHOULD REMEMBER

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

This includes a few dates that weren't mentioned in the booklet.
Spring Dates:

1st: New Years Eve.
2nd: Louis’s Birthday.
4th: Bold’s Birthday.
8th: Goddess Festival.
11th: Saibara’s Birthday.
14th: Thanksgiving Festival.
15th: Staid's Birthday.
16th: Elli’s Birthday.
17th: Barley’s Birthday.
18th: Local Horse Race.
19th: Lillia’s Birthday.
20th: Elli’s Birthday (if your birthday is on the 16th.)
22nd: Cooking Festival.
26th: Aqua’s Birthday.
29th: Greg’s Birthday.
30th: Sasha’s Birthday.

Summer Dates:

1st: Opening Day.
3rd: Popuri’s Birthday.
4th: Harris’s Birthday.
6th: Cliff’s Birthday.
7th: Chicken Festival.
10th: Popuri’s Birthday (if your birthday is on the 3rd.)
11th: Basil’s Birthday.
12th: Tomato Festival.
16th: Timid’s Birthday.
17th: Ann’s Birthday.
20th: Cow Festival.
22nd: Kai’s Birthday, and Ann’s Birthday (if your birthday is on the
17th.)
24th: Fireworks Display.
25th: Thomas’s Birthday.
29th: Zack’s Birthday.

Fall Events:

2nd: Gotz’s Birthday.
3rd: Music Festival.
5th: Stu’s Birthday.
9th: Harvest Festival.
10th: Hoggy’s Birthday.
11th: Manna’s Birthday.
13th: Moon Viewing Day.
14th: Chef’s Birthday.
15th: Karen’s Birthday.
17th: Doctor’s Birthday.
20th: Carter’s Birthday.
21st: Sheep Festival.
23rd: Anna’s Birthday, and Karen’s Birthday (if your birthday is on
the 15th.)
27th: Rick's Birthday.

Winter Events:

2nd: Kano’s Birthday.
6th: Gray’s Birthday.
10th: Dog Race.
11th: Doug’s Birthday.
13th: Ellen’s Birthday.
14th: Winter Thanksgiving.
15th: Duke’s Birthday.
19th: Won’s Birthday.
20th: Mary’s Birthday.
22nd: Nappy’s Birthday.
24th: Star Night Festival.
25th: Mary’s Birthday (if yours is on the 20th.)
26th: May’s Birthday.
29th: Jeff’s Birthday.
30th: New Years Party.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

My Guide To Harvest Moon Back To Nature (PS1)

[HMDAT4B]

CHAPTER FOUR: PART B - FESTIVAL DESCRIPTIONS

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Spring Festivals:

1st: New Years Day - When you first arrive back at the farm you do not
celebrate New Years Day. You are too busy unpacking. On New Years Day
you have the option of hanging out with the adults or the older children
(girls that you can get to love you and their friends that are boys.)
The adults are at the bar from 7 PM and the younger people are at the
square. I would recommend going to the party of the people who don’t
like you as much so therefore you can get them to like you more.

8th: The Goddess Festival - If a girl has at least a purple heart for
you, you can invite her to the Goddess Festival the day beforehand. If
you invite her she will like you more and after the festival you can
decide to stay with her a bit longer and go somewhere she wants. The
actual festival is just dancing. This festival is held at the square.

14th: The Thanksgiving Festival - Thankfully this festival is one that
allows you to play along like a normal day (meaning that I don’t like
it when it’s a festival and you can’t go inside someone's house to
talk to them or buy anything.) This festival is very over rated. You
give the girls sweets on this festival and they will like the sweets
more than they usually do.
NOTE: I think that some people have a glitch for this. In my version of
the game nothing special happens on The Thanksgiving festival however
one of the readers of my FAQ told me that the Thanksgiving festival
worked fine for them so therefore I probably just had a glitch.

18th: The Local Horse Race - You can’t make your horse participate in
this event in the first year because it isn’t old enough. However even
though your horse can’t participate there is still plenty that you can
actually do in this festival. Betting on horses is great. You can win
so many medals. The best thing you can get from the medals is the
power berry which sells for 1000 medals. There are also many other
great items that you can trade in for medals like the girls gifts
which are all about 40 medals each (remember that basically all the
villagers including guys love girls gifts.) This festival is held at
the square.

22nd: The Cooking Festival - In the cooking festival villagers bring
food to be rated in hope that it will be judged and thought of as the
tastiest dish. I have only ever seen Anne and Doug win this festival.
You can tell who will win the festival seconds before the winner is
announced because the winner always stands in the middle of the crowd
when the winner is about to be announced. In the first year you
probably will not have a kitchen (unless you use my fantastic cheat
mentioned in Chapter 7: Part A - Cheats And Tips Just For H.M.B.T.N)
so therefore the only thing you could possibly bring to be evaluated
is a spa boiled egg. I highly doubt that a spa boiled egg will ever
be good enough to win the festival. This festival is held at the square.

Summer Festivals:

1st: Opening Day - You compete in a swimming contest. If you win this
race you will be able to get a power berry. It is best to have at
least two power berries for this festival. You have to keep mashing
the X button and when your speech bubble face changes and looks more
tired you need to hold the triangle button. Without any power berries
it is possible to come in 3rd but with them you can be a lot better.
There are 5 other competitors in the swimming race. This festival is
held at the beach.

7th: The Chicken Festival - If your chicken loves you a lot then you
definitely should enter your chicken in the chicken festival. In the
chicken festival you can watch sumo chickens trying to scare the other
one out of the ring. Having your chicken love you is handy because if
it doesn’t love you much it won’t obey your order and it might end up
walking right out of the ring. The trick in the first chicken festival
is to press X just after the other chicken has jumped and clucked.
Remember not to press X when your chicken is at the edge of the ring
and facing it because it will walk forward and out of the ring. This
festival is held at the square.

12th: The Tomato Festival - All of the teams will beg you to join them.
Choose a team and the festival will start. The people in the team will
like you more because you chose them out of all of the other villagers.
In the tomato festival you have to throw tomatoes at the other teams but
try to make your team not all get hit by tomatoes because that will make
your team out. You do not get anything from winning except for bragging
rights but it is still a fun little festival. This festival is held at
the square.

20th: The Cow Festival - You can enter an adult cow that isn’t pregnant
into this festival. It will be judged. If your cow really loves you then
you have a chance of winning so enter. If your cow has the maximum amount
of hearts you will definitely win. Make sure you brush your cow, milk
it, and feed it every day and by the next year you will definitely have
an award winning cow. If your cow wins the contest it will be able to make
golden milk which sells for a lot more than the other milk. This festival
is at yodel ranch.

24th: The Fireworks Display - In the night on the fireworks festival you
can watch the fireworks with one of the girls. If a girl has at least a
purple heart for you she will watch the fireworks with you. She will like
you more for inviting her. After the fireworks she might take you out on a
date. If you don’t invite any of the girls the fireworks display will
suddenly start and you will not be alone on the jetty watching them.
In the second year you can get a date with Kai to go to the fireworks
display (see Kai’s section for details.)
This festival is at the beach.

Fall Festivals:

3rd: The Music Festival - I really do not like this festival. The day
beforehand Carter asks you to play in the festival. If you agree to
he will be very grateful and like you more. You have to arrive at
exactly the right time or you will be locked out and Carter will be
disappointed that you didn’t come. You get to sit down and hear a song.
They make Karen sing like an opera singer. In the end of the song you
hear a window crash and birds flying through the window. It is meant
to signify Karen's voice cracking the window. This festival is held in
the church.

9th: The Harvest Festival - In this festival every villager brings
something to put in a big dish for soup. You can bring one item to
throw in the dish. I like fishing in the pot because you can actually
catch things (only bones but still it's entertaining for a while
nevertheless and you get good things for May without it taking up
Harvest Moon time. What you bring will effect what people think of
the soup. If you put something like a chocolate cake or a poisonous
mushroom (MWA HA HAAAAAAAAA) in the stew people will find the taste
strange. If you put in something that would be good for a soup then
people will like the stew. This festival is at the square.

13th: Moon Viewing Day - On this night you can spend time with the girl
that likes you most and view the moon when it is at it’s biggest and
brightest. She will like you more for watching the moon with her.
The events for Moon Viewing Day are at the top of mothers hill.

21st: The Sheep Festival - This festival is basically exactly the
same as the cow festival but with sheep. You can not enter a pregnant
or shaved sheep into the festival. If your sheep loves you as much
as possible you will definitely win the festival. If your sheep wins,
your sheep will be able to give golden wool which sells for more than
normal wool.

Winter Festivals:

10th: The Dog Race - As long as your dog loves you and you have trained
a bit every day with the ball you will win this race. You can bet on
this race and win medals. The prizes from the dog festival are the same
as the ones from the horse festival. In this race you need to run and
your dog will (hopefully) follow you. The trick is to run about as fast
as the dog can a few centimeters/an inch or so in front of him. If your
dog doesn’t love you or you haven’t trained at all it will just ignore
you and not move or even move in the wrong direction. This festival
is held at the square.

14th: Winter Thanksgiving - I love this festival. The girls all give
you gifts if they like you. If you want chocolate from them then you
need them to have a blue heart. If they have a different coloured heart
they will give you something else. To receive all the treats stay
outside of your farm the whole day ( when you visit them they don’t
give you anything strangely enough but when they visit you they give
you things.) When you are married to Karen she will give you chocolate
on Winter thanksgiving with a red heart.

24th: The Star Night Festival - If a girl likes you enough the day
before the star night festival she will invite you to dinner with her
parents.

30th: New Years Party - At the top of mothers hill from 10 PM you will
be able to celebrate New Years Eve with a few of your neighbours.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

My Guide To Harvest Moon Back To Nature (PS1)

[HMREC5]

Chapter FIVE: Recipes Galore

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

? = Shows that the ingredient/ utensil in this recipe is optional.
For example:
Hot Milk: Milk, Pot, Sugar? (You don't have to add sugar but it makes
people like the recipe more and gives you a better chance of winning
the cooking festival.)

The Utensils (Knife, Oven, Pot, Mixer, and Rolling Pin) and Seasonings
(Salt, Sugar, Miso Paste, and Soy Sauce) can all be ordered on the
shopping channel. You can also get a power berry from it :)

NOTE: Some recipes can be made in two ways. If I say ‘Version Two’
of a recipe it means that you can make it another way which could
be handy because you might find the second way easier. If you make
the recipe both ways you will only get one recipe count.

66 RECIPES ( 2 of them in aren't quite the kind you can cook for
recipes *.)
Apple Jam: Sugar, Apple, Pot, Honey? Wine?
Apple Pie: Knife, Oven, Pot, Rolling Pin, Sugar, Butter, Egg, Flour,
Apple.
Bamboo Rice: Bamboo, Rice Ball, Salt? Soy Sauce.
Boiled Egg: Egg, Pot, Salt?
Butter: Milk, Mixer.
Cake: Oven, Whisk, Knife? Sugar, Flour, Butter, Egg.
Cheese Cake: Over, Pot, Whisk, Sugar, Cheese, Milk, Egg, Honey?
Strawberry?
Cheese Fondue: Knife, Cheese, Bread, Pot, Wine? Salt?
Chocolate Cake: Oven, Whisk, Knife? Sugar, Flour, Butter, Egg,
Chocolate.
Chocolate Cookies: Cookies, Chocolate Flavouring, Sugar, Flour, Egg,
Rolling Pin, Oven, Honey?
Cookie: Flour, Egg, Butter, Honey? Rolling Pin, Oven, Sugar.
Curry: Curry Powder, Rice Ball, Pot, Seasonings, Fish? Mushrooms?
Curry Noodles: Pot, Knife? Rolling Pin, Curry Powder, Flour.
Dinner Roll: Bread, Knife, Butter.
Easy Cookies: Cookies, Chocolate.
Fried Noodles: Noodles, Oil, Frying Pan, Eggs? Vegetables?
Fried Rice: Oil, Eggs, Rice Ball, Pan, Knife, Salt? Sugar? Soy
Sauce?
Fries: Potato, Oil, Fry Pan, Knife.
Fruit Juice: Mixer, Knife? Sugar? Apple, Pineapple, Strawberry, or
Wild Grape.
Fruit Latte: Pineapple, Apples, Strawberries, or Grapes, Milk, Mixer,
Honey? Sugar? Knife?
Fruit Latte Version Two: Mixer, Fruit Juice, Milk.
Gold Mayo: Whisk, Vinegar, Golden Egg, Oil.
Grape Jam: Wild Grapes, Pot, Sugar, Wine? Honey?
Grilled Fish: Medium Fish, Frying Pan.
Happy Eggplant: Eggplant, Frying Pan, Miso Paste, Sugar, Soy Sauce.
Hot Milk: Milk, Pot, Sugar?
Ice Cream: Eggs, Milk, Sugar, Whisk, Pot, Strawberries? Grapes? Honey?
Ketchup: Tomato, Onion, Mixer, Sugar, Salt, Vinegar.
Large Mayo: Whisk, Vinegar, Excellent Egg, Oil.
Medium Mayo: Whisk, Vinegar, Good Egg, Oil.
Miso Soup: Various Vegetables, Fish? Pot, Miso Paste, Salt? Soy
Sauce? Knife.
Mixed Juice: Strawberries, Pineapple, Grapes, Carrots, Cucumber,
Cabbage, Apple, Knife, Mixer, Sugar? Salt?
Mixed Juice Version Two: Mixer, Fruit Juice, Vegetable Juice.
Mixed Latte: Mixer, Knife? Salt? Sugar? Apple, Pineapple, Strawberry,
Wild Grape, Cucumber, Carrot, Cabbage, Milk.
Mixed Latte Version Two: Mixer, Mixed Juice, Milk.
Mushroom Rice: Mushroom, Rice Ball, Salt? Soy Sauce.
*Natto: Natto, Mustard, Soy Sauce, Egg, Green Onions, Knife, Mixer
(I don't think this one is possible to make I think H.M. just put
it in as a trick or something.)
Noodles: Flour, Pot, Rolling Pin, Knife.
Ohitasha Greens: Spinach, Pot, Soy Sauce.
Omelet: Eggs, Milk, Oil, Frying Pan, Whisk?
Pickled Turnips: Turnips, Vinegar, Knife, Salt, Sugar, Soy Sauce.
Pickles: Salt, Cucumber, Knife.
Pizza: Oven, Rolling Pin, Knife? Salt, Cheese, Flour, Ketchup.
Popcorn: Corn, Frying Pan, Salt? Butter?
Pumpkin Pie: Oven, Pot, Sugar, Pumpkin, Egg, Milk.
Raisin Bread: Bread, Wild Grapes.
Relaxation Tea: Pot, Knife? Sugar? Relaxation Tea Leaves, Milk?
Rice Omelet: Eggs, Milk, Oil, Rice Ball, Frying Pan, Whisk?
Roasted Potato: Rock (not the snow kind,) Sweet Potato, Oven.
Salad: Cucumber, Tomato, Carrot, Cabbage, Knife.
Sandwiches: Knife, Butter, Bread, Boiled Egg? Tomatoes? Cucumbers?
Sashimi: Knife, Medium Fish.
Scrambled Eggs: Frying Pan, Whisk, Salt, Sugar, Soy Sauce, Oil, Mayo?
Egg.
Small Mayo: Whisk, Vinegar, Normal Egg, Oil.
*Spa Boiled Eggs: Put egg in hot spring (Doesn't add to your recipes
count but I decided to put it in here anyway because it is food and you
can make it, you can sell it too! A LOT of people like these.)
Stew: Pot, Knife? Salt, Flour, Milk.
Stir Fry: Knife, Frying Pan, Soy Sauce, Cabbage, Oil.
Strawberry Bun: Strawberry Jam, Knife, Bread.
Strawberry Jam: Strawberries, Pot, Sugar.
Sweet Potatoes: Sweet Potatoes, Eggs, Butter, Sugar, Pot, Oven.
Super Milk: Strawberries, Milk, Mixer, Honey? Sugar? Salt?
Sushi: Vinegar, Rice Ball, Sashimi.
Tempura: Frying Pan, Flour, Egg, Oil.
Tempura Noodles: Pot, Knife? Tempura, Noodles.
Tomato Juice: Tomato, Utensils, Mixer, Salt.
Truffle Rice: Truffle, Rice Ball, Salt? Soy Sauce.
Vegetable Juice: Cucumber, Carrot, Cabbage, Mixer.
Vegetable Latte: Mixer, Knife? Salt? Cucumber, Carrot, Cabbage, Milk.
Vegetable Latte Version Two: Mixer, Vegetable Juice, Milk.
Vegetable Pancakes: Flour, Egg, Cabbage, Mixer, Frying Pan, Knife.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

My Guide To Harvest Moon Back To Nature (PS1)

[HMEXP6]

CHAPTER SIX: THE EXPANSIONS

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

To allow your character to marry one of the girls you not only need
the girl to have an orange or red heart but you also need to have at
least all of the house extensions other than the hot house. My reasons
for marrying are in the end of the girls section (Chapter Two: Part A
- Just the Main Girls.)

List of Extensions -

Extension One: The Chicken Coop. The upgraded chicken coop allows you
to now keep ten chickens instead of five. Putting the chicken feed in
the coop is hard at first but the trick is to stand just a hand movement
away from the feeding sections of the chicken coop.
You Need: 5000g and 420 lumber.

Extension Two: House Extension Number One. This includes a cupboard
that you can put things in such as litter, ore, and flowers. You also
are given a kitchen that comes with a fridge which is great for putting
unused fish and food into. Cooking is a great way to get villagers to
like you so I suggest that as soon as you get this expansion you start
to watch the shopping channel on Saturdays so you can order utensils
and certain ingredients which you can’t find anywhere else. Also once
you have brought all of the cooking things from the shopping channel you
get given a power berry that increases your characters stamina.
You Need: 4700g and 370 lumber.

Extension Three: The Barn. Once you have upgraded the barn you will be
able to keep 20 cows or sheep altogether instead of just 10.
You Need: 6800g and 500 lumber.

Extension Four: House Extension Number Two. This extension just gives
you two beds allowing you to marry.
You Need: 10,000g and 750 lumber.

Extension Five: The Hot House. This is the last extension. Inside the
hot house you can grow any crop any time! When you are inside it no
time is taken so therefore you can take as long as you like watering
the plants in the hot house because when you walk out no time will
have passed. Unfortunately they blow away in hurricanes and storms
which can happen in Summer and Winter. Despite this buying a hothouse
is worth it. Every time you build a new hot house the hot house becomes
stronger. For example the second time a hot house is built is will be
able to remain after one hurricane/tornado and if it is built for the
third time it will be able to withstand two hurricanes/ tornadoes.
There is a false rumour that you can put you dog into your hot house
and it will not blow away. The person that started this rumour probably
got H.M.B.T.N. (PS1) mixed up with the N64 version where there is a trick
(not to do with your dog) that prevents your hot house from being blown
away. I mention the trick better in Chapter Seven Part 2 (Cheats and
Tips.)
You Need: 30,000g and 580 lumber. Or they had had their hot house
built a second time and it wasn't blown down the first time they had
a tornado so they thought it must have had something to do with their
dog when it was just because Gotz was nice enough to build your hothouse
stronger than before.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

My Guide To Harvest Moon Back To Nature (PS1)

[HMTIP7A]

CHAPTER SEVEN: PART A - CHEATS AND TIPS FOR H.M.B.T.N.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

There are a few tips for Harvest Moon in Chapter One: Part F - Things
to Achieve and in Chapter Three: Part B and C- Animals, and Crops
section. I shall put some UN-mentioned tips in this section.

Increase Your Stamina With The Kappa Berry:
This cheat can be done any time except Winter. Stand in front of the two
trees near the pond in Mothers Hill. Throw 3 cucumbers into the pond.
If you throw a cucumber in the right spot you will see a green monster
called Kappa appear. Keep throwing the other two cucumbers in the same
spot. Kappa will emerge from the water and give you a berry which
allows your maximum stamina to double making you able to do twice
as much work without getting puffed out.

The Goddess Pond:
You can do this whenever you like unless it is raining or a festival. Go
behind the waterfall near the mine and throw a crop into the water.
The Water Goddess will appear and thank you for your offering.
Throw in 4 more things and she will give you a power berry.
Throw in 5 more things and the goddess asks if you have a sweetheart.
If you answer yes the girl that likes you most will have an event with
you which is supposed to make her like you more (although after seeing
the event I don't exactly understand how she'd like you more from it.)
Last of all throw in 10 crops and the goddess gives you a piece of
lumber. A cut scene will occur and Gotz will buy the lumber off of you
which makes Gotz like you more.
NOTE: I have heard false rumours claiming that you can only throw
one thing into the pond each day but I have been able to throw a lot
more.

The 5 Legendary Fish:
I don’t think that doing this event gives you anything special except
for bragging rights and making your start menu look more full. You can
find the 5 legendary fish by:
In Summer throw a small fish into the ocean and start fishing. In that
day you should be able to catch the Squid.
Throw a grilled fish, sashimi, and sushi into the waterfall and then
fish. You should catch the Char.
In the Winter mine after going down to the tenth level you should find
a cave. Go through the cave and fish in the water. Eventually you will
catch the Cat Fish.
You have to have shipped more than 200 fish. Then in Fall, Winter,
or Spring fish in the ocean to catch a Sea Bream.
You have to have caught all of the other fish then fish in the pond
in Mothers Hill and you shall catch the Ocean Carp.

Multiply the balls for training with your dog:
In Summer or Fall Won will come up to you and ask you to buy a ball off
of him for training with your dog. Even if you tell him you don’t want
it you will be forced to buy it. To make more balls put your dog outside
and throw the ball at the wall. Quickly around the same time as the dog
tries grabbing the ball you should grab it. If this is done correctly
your character will hold the ball and the dog should be holding one too.
You can use this cheat many times. It is good because once you have more
than one ball you can start training your dog inside. It will take up no
Harvest Moon time and if you accidentally throw the ball near the trunk
and your dog won’t pick it up and you can’t possibly pick it up then it
will not matter because you will have another ball anyway. You can store
the extra balls in the cupboard.

Stop The Ball Glitch:
Check Chapter Two: Part B - The Other Villagers and look under Won’s
section to find out how to stop the glitch.

Find The Winter Flower That Blooms Once A Year:
In Winter Ellen and Basil tend to talk a lot about a Winter flower that
bloom once a year. They both claim to have never seen it. I accidentally
found the flower on New Years Eve so I didn't see the festival. To find
it go up to the very top of Mothers Hill on a Winter night the day after
it has been snowing. I found the flower at 10 PM but it might be possible
to find it earlier. The next morning after finding it talk to Ellen and
Basil about finding the flower. They will both be very happy that you
told them about it and like you more. Once you have seen the flower you
can never find it again.

Exchange Animals And Get A Lot Of Money Trick:
Using this trick I found out that it is very easy to get the villagers
to like you as long as you have a good amount of money. I used this
trick and got all of the girls to love me with a red heart before the
end of the first Summer! Open up the saved game which you want to get the
animals to come from and go to your diary.
Choose to 'exchange animals.' Choose all of the animals you want to
give to your other game. DON'T CHOOSE TO RECEIVE ANY ANIMALS. Press the
start button after selecting them. Then it will save the animals onto
your other game (the one which you aren't playing.) Don't play the
day through because then the game will save and you will have lost
the animals. Instead restart and go to your other game. You should have
all the animals that you moved to this save section. The good thing
is that if you exchanged animals using this technique then your old
save file will not have lost any animals but you will have gained them
in your new save file. Now you can sell those animals for a lot of money.
You can keep repeating this trick over and over again and you'll become
rich.
ANOTHER THING YOU SHOULD REALISE: I am not very good at explaining
this trick and you might not understand properly what I am saying so I
suggest that after doing this trick you load up both saved games to
check if the trick worked properly. If not then you can just choose
to exchange animals and give back the animals that you received from
the other game.

Get your horse back:
Well you're not exactly getting it back because it's a different horse
but if you lost your first one due to neglect and you want a horse back
you'll have to: Plant about 40 seeds of grass and then Barley will come
over and be so pleased that you look after your animals so well and
brought them grass that he'll give you a horse.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

My Guide To Harvest Moon Back To Nature (PS1)

[HMTIP7B]

CHAPTER SEVEN: PART B - CHEATS AND TIPS FOR OTHER HARVEST MOON TITLES.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Harvest Moon Hints That Work for basically all of the Harvest Moon
Games:

Make Fences Without Wood: You can use rocks to make fences instead of
wood. This is good because the fences can't break from the rain or
wild dogs, and you can save wood for other things such as expansions.

Time: To waste less time you can ship plants in the day and water and
feed everything at night. Therefore you'll have more time to get the
villagers to like you.



Cheats And Hints For Harvest Moon Nes:

Get All Of The Wood You'll Ever Need In One Night: As I have mentioned
previously, night time in this version of Harvest Moon is never ending
and you also have never ending natural resources in the mountain. Cut as
many tree stumps that you can until your character feels sick and can go
on no more. Then make him eat all of the natural resources around. One
'berry of power tree' will give you 5 points of stamina. Unless you
have a really good axe you will take up 6 stamina points cutting one tree.
Cut some more until your guy can go on no longer once again. Then walk
out of the mountain area (you can go into the mine, up the top of the
mountain, or out of the area just as long as you make a change of
landscape.) Then when you go back to the mountain once again the natural
resources will have reappeared so you can keep eating and chopping down
all of the wood you need in one night.

Get Everyone At The Bar To Like You In A Night: This takes a lot of
patience but is definitely worth it. The night is never ending in
this version of Harvest Moon (except when you are in your farm) and
everything in the mountains has never ending supplies (you can take a
flower from a place then walk out and when you walk back in the
flower will be there again.)
For example: you could go to the mountains and get a flower then go
into the mine or anywhere out of the place with the flower and when you
go back you will see that the flower has reappeared. Therefore you can
go to the bar and give people natural resources or flowers and keep
going back and getting flowers for them and NO TIME WILL HAVE BEEN
USED BECAUSE OF THE NEVER ENDING NIGHT TIME!!! This is a great tip to
getting girls to like you without any time passing.
Remember though that at night time the only building open is the bar
hence the reason you can only got people hang around there at the time
to like you. In the Spring Eve (the daughter of the barkeep) hangs out
at the bar. In the summer Popuri hangs out at the bar. There are also
many people that hang out at the bar depending on the season.



Cheats And Hints For Harvest Moon N64:

Free Horse Medals: Talk to the mayors wife to get the option of betting.
Click on what you want to bet on. If you have a lot of money bet on every
horse for a better chance of getting medals. Then instead of saying,
"OK" and losing all of your money cancel.
Don't talk to the lady again. Due to a glitch the game will think you
have betted properly and yet you will not have lost any money but be
able to win awards.

Free Wine: I really love this trick and who wouldn't. Go to the vineyard
and go through the little door of the place they make wine. Go downstairs
and you'll see two machines that wine comes from. Use your empty jar
against the wine maker to the left. Then use it on the right.
When your character scoops up the wine you do not actually see it but
when you look in your inventory you will see your jar full of wine. Some
days you can get never ending wine and some days you can only use the
trick once. I liked using this trick to put up my characters stamina and
to ensure that he would win the New Years Drinking Festival. There are
certain characters that like you more if you out-drink them.
Remember that you might win the festival one year but if you don't drink
a sip the next year you will lose because every year the tally of wine
you have is rested.

Get Karen To Like You In A Night: I also love this trick. You don't have
to do it at night but I prefer it seeing as if you do it at night inside
the pub no time will have been taken. On a night when Karen is at the
pub go there and bring your dog. Keep showing her your dog. After showing
her your dog about 50 times her heart goes up a level. You can keep doing
this until you get the best coloured heart but I like putting her heart
up a level every day so I can see everything she says with different
coloured hearts.

Getting Up The Mountain Without The Bridge: Popuri often hangs out at the
mountain top but without knowing this trick you will not be able to go up
the mountain (unless you have the bridge.) Just click the A Button when
your character is near the front of the tree behind the wood cutters lodge
and you will see your character climbing the tree. You will have climbed
up to the mountain. There is an old man and old lady who live here that
sell dumplings.

Make Your Hothouse Not Blow Down: To make sure your hothouse won't
blow down you need to win the swimming festival in the first year.
You will get a pig shaped pot. In the second year you need to win
the chicken festival. You will now have two strange looking decorations
that look pointless but if you have both of them it will make sure
that your hothouse won't blow down. A few people have thought that
you can make it not blow down by putting a dog in the hothouse but
this isn't true. They just thought it was because they probably won
the two festivals and made it invincible and then put the dog
in the hothouse and thought it not blowing over was because of the
dog.

Music Boxes: Go into your farm and keep running down to the bottom right
hand corner until you find a tree. Click on the tree and you will find
a treasure map telling you to dig in alignment with both the dog house
and the tree. Use your hoe on that spot ten times and you will dig up a
broken music box. When you befriend Rick he will fix the music box for
you for free! Girls love music boxes more than anything. You can carry one
fixed music box and one rusty one. Girls will only accept the music boxes
if you haven't talked to them beforehand in the day.

Weather Vane: In the third level of the mine keep digging and you will
eventually find a weather vane. Go to Rick's and he'll tell you the
weather vane was his grandma's and take it. He'll like you more.



Cheats And Hints For Harvest Moon Gameboy Version One ( The tool tricks
also work with the Nes Version.):

Easy $1000: You can get $1000 just from clicking on the cupboard after
started a new game.

Golden Axe: After the earthquake, go all the way up in the caverns
and throw your axe in the water. The Harvest Goddess will have a
Golden Axe and ask if it is yours. Answer, "no" and she will
give it to you.

Ploughing Money: You can get money from ploughing the ground. When
you find money remember the location you found it ( it's a good
idea to put a rock on the area or something to trigger your memory)
and plough it again the next day. This trick only works once a day.

Super Hoe: To get your hoe upgraded you need a sprite to come
up to you and ask you if your tool is strong enough. If you
answer, "yes" your tool will be upgraded. (This trick and all
of the tricks mentioned below also work with the Nes version.)

Super Sickle: Do the same that you did with the hoe.

The Sprites: You should befriend the sprites by giving them food.
They will be nice to you and give you a power berry during the
earthquake.




Cheats And Hints For Harvest Moon Gameboy Version Two:

Cemetery Cleaning Mini Game: The day after you clean the
gravestones you can buy the mini game the next day at the
tool shop.

Get $1000: Go to the dresser by your bed and press the A button.

Horse Race Mini Game: Enter a horse race. The mini game will be
available the next day at the tool shop.

Mole Bashing Mini Game: Dig up a mole after 5 PM. You will be
able to buy the mini game the next day at the tool shop.

Power Berries: You can find many power berries by ploughing
your field.

Puzzle Mini Game: You can buy the puzzle game for your
television after finishing the puzzle in Mary's treasure
hunt event.

Warp Location: Go behind the Hot Springs. There is a location
in a tree that you can walk through. It warps you next to your
house. This is handy for being able to ship berries faster.

Cheats And Hints For Harvest Moon Gameboy Version Three:

To Get The Fastest And Worst Ending: Start a game and select
a boy character. When the mayor asks you to help out with the
farm answer, "no" to every question. The game will say the
farm on the island closed down and the game ends.

To make all of the seeds available: Make your character a girl.



Cheats And Hints For Harvest Moon Gamecube Version:

Change The Weather: If you aren't happy with the weather go
into the mine and select to dig. You don't even have to dig
anything you can decide to walk straight out of the mine. A
cut scene will be triggered where Carter asks to see what you
have dug up. The weather will have changed and it will be
nice and sunny.

The Events: This isn't a cheat but it is good to know anyway.
In H.M.A.W.L. there are 4 festivals that you can unlock. Here
is how you can unlock them:
New Years: On Spring the 1st there are events that automatically
occur. In the first and second year you'll be too busy to be
able to unlock any new years events.
Music Festival One: In the morning any day in Summer go into
Gustafa's house and it will be the music festival.
Harvest Festival: In the Fall on the 5th go into the Blue Bar
at 12 PM.
Music Festival Two: In the afternoon anytime in the winter go
into Gustafa's house and it will be the second Music Festival.

How To Tell If The Villagers Like You: If you are anything like
me you will be obsessed with getting the villagers to like you
and trying to find out what they think of you. If the villagers
like you they will turn their head your way when they walk past
you. Another way to tell is if you have had a cut scene with that
person. Certain villagers will give you gifts if you befriend
them.

Which villagers give gifts: As I have previously mentioned
in H.M.A.W.L villagers will give you gifts if they like you.
Here is what the villagers give you:
* Gustafa gives you a sickle.
* Romana gives you a watering can. In the second chapter in Fall
she gives you a cat.
* Ruby gives you spice which you can bootleg and use for cooking
curry.
* Tim gives you a hoe.
* Flora gives you a necklace which can inspire your child to
become a pupil.
* Daryl gives you a seed maker worth 6000G for free (It is
definitely worth befriending Daryl especially if you love watching
the cut scenes because he has about as many events as two of the
girls events put together!)
* Vesta gives you a sickle that looks like a psythe that death
would carry.
* If you have dug up all of the important fossils of the mine for
the archaeologist and you have befriended him he will give you a
chiwowa.
* The white monster thing that appears in Winter which the
scientist loves catching gives you his pet lizard if you befriend
him. (I've only heard rumours about this. I'm not sure if it's
true).
* Wally gives you clippers if you befriend him.
* Kody gives you a painting.

Bootlegging 'The Spice.'
Once Ruby gives you one Ruby Spice she will never give you another
one. You can sell one ruby spice for 100g, and also make curry with it
(which Nami loves.) Bootlegging is also good because when you bootleg
the spice it is counted as cooking so your recipe count goes up making
you unlock new kinds of recipes (you originally start off with only
being able to cook two kinds of recipes but as you cook more you can
unlock different meal types to cook like desserts.) So instead of
just using up the spice once I recommend you bootleg it.
Here is how:
Simply go to your recipe book. Choose any of the kinds of meals
(entree, dessert or whatever although I would recommend the closest
one to the top so that time is wasted less.) Now choose as an
ingredient ruby spice. DON'T ADD ANYTHING ELSE TO THE RECIPE. Now
press start to start cooking.
Your character will come out holding a Ruby Spice. When you look in
your inventory you will see that you now have one extra Ruby Spice.
NOTE: If you use more than one Ruby Spice in a recipe hoping to
bootleg you will only come out with a disaster food. This can be good
for both feeding your character, and dog without having to use
natural resources.
ANOTHER THING TO NOTE: Remember Ruby only gives you one Ruby Spice
so if you have used it up it is gone for good and you can never get
it again. I recommend storing a few Ruby Spice's in both food storage
and in the tool shed on the shelves. This is so that you don't
accidentally sell all of the Ruby Spice you are carrying in your
inventory and have no Ruby Spice left. It is also in case you use up
all your spice on curry. I recommended putting the spice in BOTH the
food storage and the tool shed because if you just put it in food
storage someone could steal it (the homeless guy often does steal
things put in food storage until you have a few cut scenes where you
catch him.)
ANOTHER THING: Making two ruby spices will make a cooking fiasco.
Your pet/s will happily eat cooking fiascos. Your character can also
eat cooking fiascos and he will have slightly more energy.



Cheats For Harvest Moon Friends Of Mineral Town: (GBA)

This game has an incredible amount of hidden cheats, and tips and
there are so many that I could make my own guide about the
size of this FAQ just on cheats!!! Therefore I won't write that
many cheats in this section but just a few main ones. I definately
encourage you to look at cheat sites on HMFOMT because they will give you
A LOT more cheats.

Change the weather: This cheat is great in Spring and Fall because you can
easily make it rain every day and therefore you can plant crazy amounts of
crops and not have to worry about watering them.
Save before going to bed then go to bed and see what the weather will be
like for the next day on the weather channel. Keep reloading and save
the game once you have the weather report saying that the next day
you will get rain. Keep doing this every night and you will be able
to get rain every day.
Note: You can not make it rain the day before festivals, or on festivals.
It is best telling the sprites to water your garden 2 days before a
festival and then getting them to water for three days (this means that
the sprites will water your crops the day before the festival, the day
of the festival and the day after which is good because you won't have
to frantically spend the whole day watering during these days).
Another note: In Spring you can easily make it rain and you only
have to reload about a maximum of 7 times. Summer can take you a lot
longer and so in Summer you are better off getting the harvest sprites
to water your plants. Fall is relatively easy to change the weather
to rain but still no where near as easy as it is in Spring. In Winter
there is no need to use this trick however if you see a forecast saying
that the next day will be a hurricane you should definately reload.
Another note: You should definately try befriending the sprites ASAP
so that they can water on the days which you can't do this trick (before
festivals on festivals). They can also help you ship your crops which
can be a lot of help if you planted a crazy amount of crops. Remember
that if you make the sprites work a lot without giving them a few gifts
their heart can decrease and they mightn't want to help you so every
now and then it is a good idea to give them gifts.

P and X produce: P and X produce is produce which your animals can
make which sells for even higher than the golden produce. In order
for your animals to be able to make this produce you need your animal
to have won it's animal festival (cow festival, sheep festival, or
sumo festival) and you need to have left the animal outside for at
least 600 game hours. Once you have completed the necessary requirements
that animal will always give P produce but sometimes on rare occasions
your animal will give you X produce instead which sells for about double
the amount of P produce.

Golden Lumber: Once you have 999 pieces of lumber you can buy golden
lumber from Gotz for 100,000 g each. You could also get it by running
errands for the mayor once he likes you enough. The advantage of golden
lumber is that it can't ever rot (when you use it as a fence) however
it's not worth using as a fence because rocks work as much better
fences anyway. If you put golden lumber on your ground the next day
all the villagers will get angry at you and bitch at you. They will
dislike you and find you ostentatious (in other words they'll dislike
the way you show off your incredible wealth). The villagers will like
you a lot less each day you keep the gold lumber out and will call you
money bugs.

Lots of money from the horse race: Bring your shipping basket
along to the horse race. It is best if you have about 10,000g to
bet on the horses with. When you do the horse race there will be
about 2 horses which keep winning when you reload the event so write
down which horses usually win the race and bet on them after reloading
the game. However if you betted on something which gave you a lot
of medals anyway (about 700) you mightn't even need to bother
about reloading. If you do decide to reload you may have to try
reloading a few times to get a good amount that your happy with
(i.e. I wouldn't recommend betting on a horse that only gives you
about 4 times the amount of medals you use on it) even if it does
always win unless you win another horse bet which gives you a lot
of medals (i.e about 17 times the amount of medals you betted on it).
Anyway after the three races talk to the mayor and buy broaches with
the medals. Put the broaches in your shipping basket. Keep doing this
till the basket is full. Also carry as many broaches as you can unless
you still have medals left over and decide to buy one of the jewel
of truths. Now walk out of the square area and throw your broaches
into the shipping bin. The broaches sell for 2,000 each so you can
make 60,000g from the basket and another 18,000 from the ones you
carried (this number is based on the assumption that you have the
highest upgraded rucksack but if not you can still get a lot).
NOTE: Do not buy the jewel of truth or power berry until you have
brought as many broaches as you can hold. Otherwise you might have
used up most of your medals and only be able to buy about 15 broaches.
ANOTHER NOTE: Don't worry about keeping one of the inventory slots
free so that you can carry the basket back because you can go back
and collect the basket later.

Mining trick: Save as soon as you have gone down a level. Then you
can search for the ladders that go down to another level. Reload and
dig in the spot where you found the ladder. You can keep doing this
which helps you get down a lot further in the mines because you
aren't wasting as much energy. Don't forgot to bring your basket
and take it with you down each of the levels.
NOTE: Sometimes you can get dead ends where you aren't able to
find any stairs. You can reduce the chance of getting dead ends by
getting the harvest goddess to like you more.
NOTE: Certain levels have really good items. i.e: In Level 19 in
the normal mine you can plow for a powerberry. There are pink diamonds
on levels 30,70, 90, 110, 130, 170, 190, and 255 in the winter mine
which sell for a lot more than the other minerals. The pink diamonds
can be sold for 10,000g each. There are also plain diamonds which
sell for about 500g each and I usually just ship these without
worrying about the pink diamonds because it is rare to find the
pink diamonds on level 30 and I can't be bothered going to the
other levels. There are also a few other secret things about
the mines but you'd be better off looking up a walkthrough
about it because there are so many things to get.

The Harvest Goddess New Years Game: You can play this game
up until the 5th of Spring, 5 times a day. Go to the tv
and save your game. Press the left button repetitively until
you see the goddess. She'll tell you to press up or down depending
on if the number will be higher or lower. If you aren't happy
with you prize reload. It takes a lot of work to even get up
to 10 but there is a trick an annonymous person sent me which
can help you out.
Here's what you'll win if you get enough wins in a row.
1: Nothing.
2: Grass or herb.
3-9: Noodle powder, truffle, or rice cake.
10-14: Tea leaves.
15-19: Lotion.
20-24: Water.
25-29: Tissue.
30-39: Perfume.
40-49: Dress.
50-59: Golden Log (don't try for this).
60-69: Fish Fossil 5,000g.
70-79: Treasure Box 10,000g.
80-89: Ketchup recipe.
90-99: Fried Potato recipe.
100: Book.
Here is the trick. I reccomend you go for the 70-79 wins in order
to get the treasure box and I also reccommend tallying the amount
of wins you've done just so you end up getting the prize you want.
Note the following codes don't always work but they will definately
help you get further. One trick is up, up, down, up, down, down, up,
down repeated again and again. The other is the opposite: down, down,
up, down, up, up, down, up. Even with this trick you do need a lot
of patience.

Confessing:
At the church if you confess and are forgiven good things can happen
but if you aren't forgiven there are consequences. Save before
confessing. Reload until you get what you want. It will be easier to
be forgiven if Carter likes you. Here are the benefits/consequences
involving confession:
I treat my animals badly: The animals like you more. If it's not
forgiven they like you less.
I litter: People who liked you less from littering will gain back
some of their respect for you. If you aren't forgiven the villagers
like you less (whether or not you littered in the first place.)
I don't sleep enough/I overwork: Some of your stamina is revived. If
you aren't forgiven you have less stamina.
I overwork the harvest sprites: Harvest sprites get back some of the
liking for you which they lost due to being overworked. If you aren't
forgiven the harvest sprites like you even less even if you never
overworked them in the first place.
The villagers don't like me: The villagers all like you more. If you
aren't forgiven the villagers all like you less. This one is
definately my favourite out of all the confessions. I even got quite
a few villagers to like me without having to give them many gifts
at all!

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

My Guide To Harvest Moon Back To Nature

[HMFAQ8A]

CHAPTER EIGHT: Part A - FAQ's

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Here are some frequently asked questions that are about things that
I haven't quite explained beforehand.

How do you get your tools?
The tools can be found in your house in the wooden tool box. Select
the ones you want from the box and put them in your inventory tool
section to equip them. If you want to find out more about how to use
them you can check chapter one with the tools section (Part D.)

I ordered seeds but was ripped off. I don't have them equipped and
can't find them anywhere? They seem to be nowhere? where are they?
Is this some kind of a glitch?
No don't worry this isn't a glitch. If your inventory tool section is
full then instead of the seeds being put in there they will be in the
wooden tool box. The same happens with all tools.

I know that you can tell if the girls like you by their heart rating
but is there a way you can tell if the other villagers like you?
You can tell if residents of buildings with locked doors like you
because you will be able to go through the locked door if you are
friends with everyone that lives in the house. You can also tell
because certain events only happen if you are friends with that person
for example Kai's non Popuri related events, and Harris's super special
event only happens if they are friends with you. The characters also
tend to say something different to you that they didn't say before if
they like you (note that every season they say something different
anyway so this may not be the best way to try finding out.)

How do I get the blue feather?
Once a girl has at least an orange heart for you, you will be able to
buy it from the supermarket.

The girl I proposed to didn't accept my marriage. She likes me with
a red heart so why won't she accept?
You have to have at least four of the expansions (then you'll have
two beds) to be able to marry. If you do have this then you should
check if you still have the feather. After all sometimes the girls
say things that sound like they haven't accepted your proposal when
they really have. I mentioned this at the bottom of the girls section
under a heading called marriage. Check there for more information.

How do I order kitchen utensils to make recipes with?
You can only order them after having the kitchen put into your house
(this happens from the 3rd extension.) Then watch the shopping channel
(on Saturday.) You have to watch the FULL show. You can't just read
it all and exit before the text stops scrolling because the game won't
think you've finished watching TV. Now go to the inn and use the
telephone. You have to go to the phone the day that you watch the show
you can't wait until the next day. A salesperson on the phone will ask
if you want to buy the item you saw on the TV and say yes and provided
you have enough money to buy it, it will be sent to you (via Zack) in
a few days time.
NOTE: If on one week you miss out on buying a kitchen utensil or don't
have enough money to buy the utensil then don't worry. The shopping
items go on a loop of the things you haven't brought yet. Therefore
if you miss out on something you'll eventually get the chance to
buy it once again.

How do I find out how to make recipes?
Some of the villagers give you recipes once they like you enough.
The cooking channel which is on every Tuesday gives you recipes
aswell. If this is too much for you you can just look at my
cooking section.

How do I make spa-boiled eggs?
Throw the eggs into the hotspring in the area that doesn't have a
fence around it.

I put all of my crops in the shipping basket and it was a festival
day. When I woke up the next day I didn't get any extra money what
happened?
Don't worry on the day of the festivals the man doesn't take your
shipment. But he will the next day at 5:00 and all of the stuff that
you put in the shipment box will still be lying in there until Zach
collects it. You won't have wasted anything so don't worry.

Aaaaaaaaaah I selected to get married and now the screen has gone all
black and nothing is happening and I can't marry anyone. What is going
on?
The old version of Harvest Moon Back To Nature has a marriage glitch
where after you have chosen to get married the screen goes black.
If you have the old version there isn't really another way to stop
this glitch except to just not marry or to get the newer version if
you decide you desperately want your character to marry someone.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

My Guide To Harvest Moon Back To Nature

[HMFAQ8B]

CHAPTER EIGHT: Part B - Mythbusters.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

I started relooking through old emails and scounging the net to
find rumours I could help lay to rest.

Throw *insert number here* vegetables into water/on the ground/eat one
of each vegetable and *insert something which sounds cool* will happen
to you.
I've heard so many different cheats claiming that wasting a certain
amount of vegetables will make certain things happen. None of them
work. Quite a lot of people found them so far fetched sounding that
they couldn't believe someone could just make it up.
The only cheat slightly related to this that actually works is the
Kappa cheat in which you throw three cucumbers into the lake whilst
standing in between two trees and you'll be given a powerberry.

Twin Babies/Make your baby the opposite sex/Make people like you more
by naming your baby after them:
There is no cheat which can allow you to have twin babies or have a
moon baby. You'll always only be able to have one baby and it will
always look the same. You'll never be able to make it of the opposite
sex. Naming your baby after your villagers won't make any villagers
like you more and so you should only do it if you really like that
villagers name.

Golden Ball:
There have been quite a few far fetched rumours about getting a
golden ball which can never be stuck in corners, which will help
train your dog so well that after throwing the golden ball to your
dog a few times your dog will become so well trained and so fast
that it will definately win the dog race. The wierdest variation
of this rumour would have been that if you throw about 7 balls
into the river you will get the golden ball or that you should
throw a ball off of a cliff and something good will happen. All
of these golden ball cheats are false though. You can't get an
immortal ball which will never get stuck. However you can clone
your balls so that if one ever does get thrown in a place where
you can't retrieve it you can get another one. This is mentioned
in the cheat section. My brother liked this cheat so much he did
it about 35 times and I had 35 spare balls put in my cupboard just
in case I accidently threw one in the wrong spot.

Hot and spicy cheat:
Giving curry powder/curry to your fiance the day before marriage/on
the day of marriage will not let you hear err... suss noises being
made by you and your wife on the wedding night.

Call the chick which Popuri gives you 'Pon' and Popuri will
like you more:
I don't think the person who spread this cheat is evil because
I know they would have probably seen their heart go up (due to
the fact that when doing the right thing the characters hearts
automatically go up) and thought it was due to the way they
named their chick.

You don't get your hothouse blown over if you have your dog inside:
I've dismissed this rumour in good detail in the extensions section.
To find it just go to 'edit' 'find' and type in [expand] and go
up to search for it. Then to go back down to here do the same but
tell the computer to search downwards.

Not exactly a cheat but it's time to stop the, "oh my goodness
pineapples are definately the best crop in the game" rumour.
Sure they give you 500g each. But they take 20 days to grow and
are renewable (they take *** days to grow a second time) and
give you 4000 in the first harvest). In
that time you could grow: a lot more sweet potatoes for a lot
more money.

Marry two people:
Your wife can break up with you if you ignore her but you can't
marry someone else at this time. There are a few other false
rumours about being able to marry two people without divorcing
but these ones are false too.

If you have other cheats you want me to test just email me. By
the way all of the cheats I put in the cheats section have been
tested out by me so none of them are false (not even the one
abut getting a new horse).

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

My Guide To Harvest Moon Back To Nature

[HMEND9A]

CHAPTER NINE: PART A - LEGAL INFORMATION

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Final Completion Date = 30th of October 2004. Submitted the day after
will possibly add more things by request.

Legal Information:
This document is Copyright 2004. I started this FAQ early in the year
and finished writing it all out on the computer but got a little
lazy and didn't finally finish the HTML side of things until quite a
bit later. If you wish to put my guide on your sight e-mail me at:
clow_cow@hotmail.com to get my consent. If I allow you to post my site
you must post it in it’s entirety and not change anything.
HOWEVER: Your site WILL be removed if you copy things from my site
without my consent.
All of the information I found out was found out by me except for a
few cheats which I found from friends and a few harvest moon fan club
forums (I asked for a few cheats on some forums which I tested before
writing to ensure my cheats were all correct.) I didn't go ripping off
anyone's sites and I expect the same courtesy.
I would really appreciate it if you could report sites if they are
taking my information without my consent.

The sites I will currently allow to post my site on:
* gamefaqs.com
* Neoseeker.com
* gamespot.com
* my website (I am hoping to make my own site with this faq on it.)

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

My Guide To Harvest Moon Back To Nature

[HMEND9B]

CHAPTER NINE: PART B - SENDING ME EMAILS

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

If you want to e-mail me about my guide to Harvest Moon with
feedback, questions, corrections (not in a flaming way,) or other
things to add to my guide. I'd really like to hear from you even if
you email me two years after I wrote the FAQ, and that's official
because now it is about two years after I first started writing this
faq. I'll always reply unless hotmail isn't working in which case
I sometimes end up sending blank emails (grrr that's happened many
times. Hotmail can be so evil to me sometimes.)

E-mail me @ : clow_cow@hotmail.com. Call the e-mail subject Harvest
Moon or else I will probably just delete your e-mail because I delete
E-mail's that aren't from people I know or that aren't about things I
like.

DON'T copy my guide and put it online claiming that you made it.

NOTE: I WILL check all of the things you tell me about Harvest Moon
to see if they are true. Please don't waste my time by sending in fake
cheats (unless you've seen information on another site and you aren't
sure if the info is fake and you want me to check for you in which case
I will be happy to.)

I'll definitely give you credit if you give me extra things to write
in my guide or suggestions (unless for some reason you request
to be anonymous of course).

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

My Guide To Harvest Moon Back To Nature

[HMEND9C]

CHAPTER NINE: PART C - UPDATES

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

If someone gives me a suggestion and I decide to use it I'll write
me writing about it here so therefore people looking at my site will
know if I'm writing on anything extra. I recommend people who are
going to write their own FAQ's to read this. It will inform them on
some things about how to submit which they mightn't know. It could
save them hours.

Jan 2006 - During this time and before and made quite a few
corrections. I lately added the quicksearch parts which allow you
to get straight to the parts you want to eg [animal] for the animals
section. Whilst doing this I realised the contents and the chapter
names weren't all the same (what a dodgy mistake) *sweatdrop*. I
also realised there were a few events I missed (the puppies one). I'm
going to add a few sections later once my friend gives back the
copy I leant her (that was the reason why I hadn't updated my faq
for so long because I didn't have the copy of the game). I also
made a mythbusters section to get rid of those false cheats once
and for all, and added some HMFOMT cheats.

9th April 2005 - I didn't really change much. I added a special title
and made the marriage part into an actual section hoping that people
would then take more notice of it (I've had a few people asking me
questions about the marriage when the answers to their questions
could have been read about in the marriage part.) (I'm not angry at
them asking me in fact i'm glad they asked me because it made me
realise that originally that section was hard for people to find.)
Tried submitting the faq but it turns out that gamefaqs.com has
changed their accounts or something so therefore to be able to
submit a FAQ you have to re-register and i've tried but it says
i've already registered and I probably have in the past but I can't
remember my password or even my user name!

Late January - I was emailed a few of the girls events that I missed
writing about (or a few extra details about them such as the fact some
won't happen in certain season.) Thanks Santiago for that information.
I've corrected a few things. Thanks for everyone that has sent me
corrections. You're all legends.

Early January - I added the trick to getting a horse back.

12th December 2004 - Decided to add a few extra things and change
a few bits of information in Chapter Three. I made the expansions
chapter say exactly how much wood and money you need for each
expansion. I also changed a few mistakes that I made in the section
in the villager section about likes and dislikes *sweatdrop.* I also
added some tool info.

30th October 2004 - phewph I've finished my FAQ. It took me hours
to change the amount of words per line. It looks better than it did
before when I just had word wrap. At least now it'll be right for the
site (hopefully.) I'm pretty sure that it's in 100% the correct
format. I'm sure that my site is now at the stage where it will be
looked at and someone will tell me if it is accepted. *fingers crossed.*
The hours of correcting will be worth it in the end if my FAQ gets
accepted and I'm pretty sure that I have made my site the best I can.
If this FAQ isn't accepted I'll try another game guide site but
gamefaqs is one of my top preferences (I'm not meaning to sound like
I'm sucking up.) This FAQ took a lot of dedication and an incredible
amount of hours to write (and to find out more things) about.

14th October 2004 - For a while I got a bit slack for trying to submit
my FAQ back on the site. I finally tried submitting my site to Game
FAQ's once again but unfortunately it turned out that there were too
many characters in my lines of writing (you need a maximum of 80
characters on each line. If you do any more the site will tell you
what lines have more writing than they would desire and you have
to change things.)

September some time 2004 - It seems like I've corrected the spelling
in this FAQ record breaking amounts of times. I'm also pretty sure that
there isn't anything that will confuse people (for example I had a few
name mistakes before like calling Elli Ellen and sometimes writing
Mary instead of May.) My Internet friend Flik found a way to quickly
change the HTML formed site into text (no he didn't just copy and
paste.) *Hugs Flik 9999999999 times.* He gave me a version of my FAQ
in Word Pad and one in Notepad. I fiddled around a lot with the one
in Word Pad only to find out that it wouldn't accept Word Pad documents
but that it would accept Notepad documents.

Sometime Early September 2004 - I finished writing my FAQ in HTML only to
find that FAQ sites will only accept text. I read the help information
about submitting FAQ's and I'm sure that it told me to send 'the site'
containing your FAQ. I probably just had one of those annoying
dreams which you think is real and in the dream I went to the site
saying how to submit FAQ's and it told me to 'send the FAQ on a site.'
Even though writing it in HTML was pointless I feel glad that I did
because now I know how to use HTML.

Around the end of August 2004 - It took me a week but I finished the
FAQ in HTML. There were a few things that I had added that weren't in
my I.B. project such as frequently asked questions, The Baby, The
Village, All The Items, and The Controls. I would have finished it a
lot sooner but I was being held back by not wanting to face rejection.

July 2004 - I had finished typing the FAQ on the computer. I had spell
checked and gone over the document an incredible amount of times.

June 2004 - This is the time that I finished my FAQ for the I.B.
project. I pondered about sending my FAQ to a game site for a while
but I didn't. Looking back I guess I kind of just didn't want to face
the rejection which a lot of people start to face.

Late May 2004 - I started my FAQ now.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-

Bye. I have enjoyed writing this FAQ. I hope you find it helpful.

~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-~-



Harvest Moon: Back To Nature: FAQ/Walkthrough by HarvestMoonObsessed
Version 3, Last Updated 2006-01-24 View/Download Original File
Hosted by GameFAQs
Return to Harvest Moon: Back To Nature (PS) FAQs & Guides

Candy

Ditemukan dalam hujan lebat pada hari yang sama dan saat yang sama di depan panti asuhan, membuat hubungan Candy dan Rani menjadi sangat dekat melebihi saudara kandung. Namun mereka memiliki karakter yang sangat berbeda. Candy tumbuh menjadi gadis pemberani, ceria, blak-blakan, dan tomboy. Sedangkan Rani sangat lembut, feminin, sopan, dan cenderung pemalu. Toh Candy sangat menyayangi Rani, begitu pula sebaliknya.

Suatu hari, Candy mengajak Rani pergi piknik. Mereka kemudian bertemu dengan seorang pria kaya baik hati bernama Billy. Rani yang sangat merindukan orang tua, mengusulkan pada Candy agar mereka minta diangkat anak oleh Billy. Tapi Candy menolak dan malah marah besar pada Rani yang dianggap egois dan ingin berpisah dengannya. Ia pun meninggalkan Rani.

Saat sedang menyendiri sambil menangis, Candy bertemu dengan seorang cowok yang sangat tampan. Cowok itu menyanyikan lagu pengusir sedih buatnya. Tidak hanya itu, cowok misterius itu juga memberikan dia kerang untuk mengusir sedih, menyuruhnya tersenyum dan jangan menangis lagi. Candy sangat terkesan dengan pertemuannya itu. Dia menganggap cowok itu adalah pangerannya.

Suatu hari, Billy tiba-tiba datang ke panti asuhan itu. Billy mau mengangkat salah satu dari mereka menjadi putrinya. Billy memilih Candy. Mengetahui itu hati Rani sangat hancur. Karena tak tega melihat Rani bersedih, Candy akhirnya sengaja bertingkah nakal dan kurang ajar agar dia tak jadi diangkat anak.

Istri Billy, Inge, marah sekali pada Candy. Dia pun membatalkan niatnya mengangkat Candy. Di luar dugaan Inge malah jatuh cinta pada Rani. Mereka pun kemudian meminta Rani untuk menjadi anaknya.

Candy mengira Rani akan menolak seperti dirinya. Tapi ternyata Rani tak kuasa menahan keinginannya untuk memiliki orangtua. Candy sangat shock. Awalnya dia marah sekali tapi akhirnya bisa menerima karena dia sangat menyayangi Rani.

Rani dan Candy pun berpisah. Awalnya mereka rajin berkirim kabar. Tapi ternyata kemudian Inge melarang Rani untuk berhubungan dengan Candy karena tak mau latar belakang Rani ketahuan oleh banyak orang.

Seseorang kemudian datang untuk mengambil Candy. Candy yang merasa sudah tak ada gunanya bertahan di panti itu pun setuju. Di luar dugaan Candy ternyata ditipu. Dia tidak diambil sebagai anak, tapi sebagai pembantu.

Candy sangat shock. Tambah lagi, di rumah itu dia bertemu dengan Lisa dan Neil, dua anak yang nakal dan sangat iri pada keceriaan Candy. Toh Candy tak menyerah, ia tetap berusaha tegar dan ceria.

Suatu hari, Candy melihat sebuah kebun bunga yang sangat indah. Ia terkagum-kagum, lalu masuk ke dalamnya. Di sanalah dia bertemu dengan Antony. Candy kaget sekali. Dia mengira Antony adalah pangerannya. Dia tak tahu bahwa Antony sebenarnya hanyalah saudara kembar dari pangerannya tersebut, yaitu Alfa yang lama menghilang.

Antony sangat menyukai Candy, begitu juga sebaliknya. Tak cuma itu, dua saudara sepupu Antony, Steve dan Ardi juga ikut jatuh cinta pada Candy.

Suatu saat, Candy bertemu lagi dengan Rani. Tapi karena perbedaan status mereka sekarang, Rani tak berani mengakui Candy sebagai sahabatnya. Candy sangat sedih tapi tak bisa berbuat apa-apa. Rani jatuh cinta pada Ardi. Dan dia sangat patah hati saat mengetahui Ardi malah menyukai Candy.

Candy kemudian bertemu lagi dengan Alfa. Tapi dia sama sekali tak tahu bahwa Alfa adalah pangerannya sebab Alfa telah berubah jauh semenjak meninggalkan keluarganya yang kaya raya.

Hubungan Candy dan Antony semakin dekat. Rasanya Candy tak peduli lagi dengan kesulitannya saat Antony ada di sisinya. Tapi cobaan kembali mendatangi Candy. Antony meninggal karena kecelakaan. Hati Candy sangat hancur. Untuk waktu yang cukup lama dia menutup diri dari orang lain. Sampai akhirnya dia bertemu dengan Ferry, cowok berandalan yang ganteng dan sering membuatnya marah… sayang, hubungan Candy dengan Ferry tak berlangsung mulus. Sebab Bella, seorang artis sinetron yang luar biasa terkenal juga jatuh cinta pada Ferry.

Summer Night City

n the night a new day dawning
And the first birds start to sing
In the pale light of the morning
Nothing's worth remembering
It's a dream, it's out of reach
Scattered driftwood on the beach

Summer night city...
Summer night city...

Waiting for the sunrise, soul dancing in the dark
Summer night city
Walking in the moonlight, love-making in a park
Summer night city

In the sun I feel like sleeping
I can't take it for too long
My impatience slowly creeping
Up my spine and growing strong
I know what's waiting there for me
Tonight I'm loose and fancy-free
Aa-ahhh

When the night comes with the action
I just know it's time to go
Can't resist the strange attraction
From that giant dynamo
Lots to take and lots to give
Time to breathe and time to live

Waiting for the sunrise, soul dancing in the dark
Summer night city
Walking in the moonlight, love-making in a park
Summer night city

It's elusive call it glitter
Somehow something turns me on
Some folks only see the litter
We don't miss them when they're gone
I love the feeling in the air
My kind of people everywhere

When the night comes with the action
I just know it's time to go
Can't resist the strange attraction
From that giant dynamo
And tomorrow, when the dawning
And the first birds start to sing
In the pale light of the morning
Nothing's worth remembering
It's a dream, it's out of reach
Scattered driftwood on the beach

Waiting for the sunrise, soul dancing in the dark
Summer night city
Walking in the moonlight, love-making in a park
Summer night city

Summer Night City

n the night a new day dawning
And the first birds start to sing
In the pale light of the morning
Nothing's worth remembering
It's a dream, it's out of reach
Scattered driftwood on the beach

Summer night city...
Summer night city...

Waiting for the sunrise, soul dancing in the dark
Summer night city
Walking in the moonlight, love-making in a park
Summer night city

In the sun I feel like sleeping
I can't take it for too long
My impatience slowly creeping
Up my spine and growing strong
I know what's waiting there for me
Tonight I'm loose and fancy-free
Aa-ahhh

When the night comes with the action
I just know it's time to go
Can't resist the strange attraction
From that giant dynamo
Lots to take and lots to give
Time to breathe and time to live

Waiting for the sunrise, soul dancing in the dark
Summer night city
Walking in the moonlight, love-making in a park
Summer night city

It's elusive call it glitter
Somehow something turns me on
Some folks only see the litter
We don't miss them when they're gone
I love the feeling in the air
My kind of people everywhere

When the night comes with the action
I just know it's time to go
Can't resist the strange attraction
From that giant dynamo
And tomorrow, when the dawning
And the first birds start to sing
In the pale light of the morning
Nothing's worth remembering
It's a dream, it's out of reach
Scattered driftwood on the beach

Waiting for the sunrise, soul dancing in the dark
Summer night city
Walking in the moonlight, love-making in a park
Summer night city

Waterloo

My my, at waterloo napoleon did surrender
Oh yeah, and I have met my destiny in quite a similar way
The history book on the shelf
Is always repeating itself

Waterloo - I was defeated, you won the war
Waterloo - promise to love you for ever more
Waterloo - couldn’t escape if I wanted to
Waterloo - knowing my fate is to be with you
Waterloo - finally facing my waterloo

My my, I tried to hold you back but you were stronger
Oh yeah, and now it seems my only chance is giving up the fight
And how could I ever refuse
I feel like I win when I lose

Waterloo - I was defeated, you won the war
Waterloo - promise to love you for ever more
Waterloo - couldn’t escape if I wanted to
Waterloo - knowing my fate is to be with you

And how could I ever refuse
I feel like I win when I lose

Waterloo - I was defeated, you won the war
Waterloo - promise to love you for ever more
Waterloo - couldn’t escape if I wanted to
Waterloo - knowing my fate is to be with you
Waterloo - finally facing my waterloo

Dancing Queen

You can dance, you can jive, having the time of your life
See that girl, watch that scene, dig in the dancing queen

Friday night and the lights are low
Looking out for the place to go
Where they play the right music, getting in the swing
You come in to look for a king
Anybody could be that guy
Night is young and the music’s high
With a bit of rock music, everything is fine
You’re in the mood for a dance
And when you get the chance...

You are the dancing queen, young and sweet, only seventeen
Dancing queen, feel the beat from the tambourine
You can dance, you can jive, having the time of your life
See that girl, watch that scene, dig in the dancing queen

You’re a teaser, you turn ’em on
Leave them burning and then you’re gone
Looking out for another, anyone will do
You’re in the mood for a dance
And when you get the chance...

You are the dancing queen, young and sweet, only seventeen
Dancing queen, feel the beat from the tambourine
You can dance, you can jive, having the time of your life
See that girl, watch that scene, dig in the dancing queen

Legend

Harvest Moon 2 GBC: FAQ/Walkthrough by Cherubae
Version 1.5, Last Updated 2001-05-05 View/Download Original File
Hosted by GameFAQs
Return to Harvest Moon 2 GBC (GBC) FAQs & Guides

.:
=,-. -
,-. ;=:/:==%$;,:=::
/=,=;%=. HM@/.,/
.;:=/- XMMMHX/,,. .----,----,
;,.+ -.,%MMM@+;;;%@@@@@H@$-.,==-.
-;$;$@/==$,,.=%MM/.. /#@@@@@@, +@%,
,:+=--===:;;+//:,,=X#$+%@MMM@@@@, +#@H+,
-;@X..... ;$;=/+;:%MM##MMMMMMMMH= -%XH$%=
;..::.......-HMX..=+%/MMMMMMMMMMMMMM+. . .= ,
;. . ........,--,,,,.;%HMMMMMMMMMMMM@#/ ,;, :=%
-: .............,,,,,,,+MMMMMMMMMMMMMM$. .=::;+/- .%::- ,;=;-
=:.........,,,,,,,,,,,,-@MMMMMMMMMMM@M= HMMMM#M@%.+--:/:-,,
,: ..,..,...,,,,,,,,,-,-H#MMMMMMMMMM#+ .@MMMMMMM#+/-
:=.,.......,,,,,,,,:%-=++XH@@MMMMMMH, -HMMMMMM#X/;
=:-,,,,,,,,,,,,,,-+;-+: .-;%X$+. ;#MMMMX/-+,
.:;------------;%:-;/. ,XMMM%. -;
.=:;;:===:;//+:;+/ -:-..,/-
.=::+%/;/=%%;=. ..=/
:;%/=. .. ..,+
*----------------* :.=%+;/ .--,. .,;:
| | ;- .=$%: ,=//:===:: .,=+
| Harvest Moon 2 | / .::.+. ,;%:-/%/+H- ..=+,
| FAQ | -/%%X- .- .=; :+$XH$:-=:$-
| | =;$HX, .+::/$ ::;;-//%X@X;
*----------------* . ,%;%$HX: ,;/++/
=;+%%/


*--------------------------------------------------------------------*

This FAQ is written for the fans of Harvest Moon 2, the sequel to the
original Harvest Moon game for the Nintendo Gameboy system. This FAQ
can be found at the following locations:

Ushi No Tane, Planting Cow Seed
http://www.fogu.com/hm2

Gamefaqs
http://www.gamefaqs.com

RPGamer
http://www.rpgamer.com

Date: Saturday, 05 May, 2001
Version: 1.5
Author: Cherubae, Queen of the Federation Of Golden Underwear
Email: webmaster@fogu.com

Copyright 2000, 2001 fogu.com - For personal use only

*--------------------------------------------------------------------*


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Part 1 - Game information
1a - Background story
1b - Game controls
1c - Starting out

Part 2 - The Village
2a - Florist
2b - Church
2c - Mayor's House
2d - Carpenter Shop
2e - Clinic
2f - Tool Shop
2g - Animal Shop
2h - Restaurant
2i - Library
2j - Town Square

Part 3 - The Mountain
3a - Insects

Part 4 - Your Farm
4a - System Notebook
4b - The Farmhouse
4c - Cows
4d - Chickens
4e - Sheep
4f - Hot House
4g - Fountain
4h - Crop Field
4i - Secret Garden/Power Berries

Part 5 - Super Tools

Part 6 - Trading via Gamelink Cable

Part 7 - Yearly Events
7a - Unscheduled Events

Part 8 - Miscellaneous
8a - Mary's Treasure Map
8b - Mini Games
8c - Golden Chicken
8d - Your Birthday gifts
8e - Friendships

Part 9 - Legend of the River King 2

Part 10 - Version History

*--------------------------------------------------------------------*
Part 1 - Game Information
*--------------------------------------------------------------------*

The English translation of Harvest Moon 2 was released on November 11
2000. The Japanese version of the game, titled Bokujo Monogatari 2,
was released on September 8 1999. A European release has been
scheduled for the first quarter of 2001. The game can be played on
the Classic Gameboy, Pocket Gameboy, Super Gameboy, or Gameboy Color
systems. The game also uses the Gameboy Link Cable to transfer items
and other information from gamepack to gamepack. The optional Gameboy
Printer can be used to print out photographs that are found in the
game.

Harvest Moon is a "farming simulation" game series. The main goal of
each game in the series is to take an abandoned farm and develop it
back into a productive farm. Some games in the Harvest Moon series
also have dating simulations where you can date, and eventually
marry, one of the girls in town. There are a few where you play a
girl farmer instead of a boy farmer.

Harvest Moon Game Release Dates

August 9 1996 - Super Famicom - Bokujo Monogatari
1997 - Super Nintendo - Harvest Moon
December 19 1997 - Nintendo Gameboy - Bokujo Monogatari GB
March 12 1998 - Nintendo Gameboy - Harvest Moon
February 5 1999 - Nintendo 64 - Bokujo Monogatari 2
September 8 1999 - Nintendo Gameboy - Bokujo Monogatari GB 2
December 22 1999 - Nintendo 64 - Harvest Moon 64
March 10 2000 - Nintendo Gameboy - Bokujo Monogatari 3 - Boy Meets
Girl
November 11 2000 - Nintendo Gameboy - Harvest Moon 2
November 19 2000 - Sony Playstation - Harvest Moon Back To Nature
December 7 2000 - Sony Playstation - Bokujo Monogatari for Girl
June 2001 - Playstation 2 - Harvest Moon - Ignite Hearts

Harvest Moon 2 is set in 18-hour days that start at 6AM and end at
12AM. The colors will change depending on what time of day it is. 6AM
to 3PM are daylight hours, 3PM to 6PM are twilight hours, and 6PM to
12AM are night hours. Each year is comprised of 4 seasons - Spring,
Summer, Fall, and Winter. The seasons are 30 days long. Each hour in
a day lasts for 20 real time seconds, so an average day lasts about 4
minutes. Time does stop when you enter buildings (like the barn or
shops in the village) so a day can last a lot longer.

*--------------------------------------------------------------------*
Part 1a - Background Story
*--------------------------------------------------------------------*

Flower Bud Village is in financial trouble. They need money in order
to survive. The Mayor hinges on the idea of turning the old, run down
farm outside of town into an amusement park. He truly doesnt want to
have to do that, but he has no choice: they need the income for the
village to flourish. In steps you, who volunteer to take over the
farm and make it productive again. The Mayor is glad to see someone
who shows such ambition and he gives you 3 years to make the farm
flourish again.

*--------------------------------------------------------------------*
Part 1b - Game Controls
*--------------------------------------------------------------------*

The controls are fairly simple. The directional pad on your Gameboy
control what direction your farmer walks or runs. The A button is
used to talk to people, continue scrolling text, and use tools. The B
button, when pressed down, is used to make your farmer run instead of
walk. The B button is also used to cancel selections, like when
you're at the village shops making transactions and browsing through
your system notebook. The Start button allows you to switch between
tools and seeds you may have in your inventory at the time. The
Select button brings up your system notebook, where you can check the
date and time, see what you currently have equipped, and how many
animals and seeds you have. There is other information in the system
notebook available to you (see Part 4a).

When you first turn on your Gameboy you can watch various scenes play
out from the game if you leave the game to show them to you. You
can get to the title screen by pressing any button or just waiting
for it to appear on it's own. The title screen has four option;
Start, Continue, Erase, and Copy. Pick which one you want by pressing
the A button on your Gameboy.

Start allows you to start a new game. Harvest Moon 2 allows for two
different games to be saved at the same time. When you choose Start,
pick which diary slot you want to use (File 1 or File 2). The next
step is to choose whether you want to be a boy farmer or a girl
farmer. After that you get to choose a four letter name you want to
use. After your name you get to choose your birthday. Events in
Harvest Moon 2 take place on days with multiples of 7 (7, 14, 21, 28)
or multiples of 5 (5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30) so it's a good idea to
pick your birthday on an unusually numbered day, such as the 9th or
17th. You can have your birthday in the Spring, Summer, Fall, or
Winter. For those of you who place your birthday early in the year
(for example Spring 11) in hopes of getting a tool power up early, the
game instead will have the Mayor appear and give you 1000G, which
isnt too bad for just starting out. After picking your name you'll
get to a confirmation screen. Choose No to redo your farmer, choose
Yes to continue on (see Part 1c to continue).

Continue allows you to start a game that you have previously saved.
When you go to bed at night, you get a choice to save your game in
your diary. The diary keeps record of what day you recently
completed. All saved games will start you at 6AM the next day. So if
your diary looks like...

File1 Jane
02 Spring 13

... it means that in your first diary slot you have farmer "Jane"
saved, it's your second year, Spring time, and the 13th day. If you
choose to continue that saved game, you would start at 6AM on the
14th of Spring, year 2. Harvest Moon 2 doesnt auto-save like the
previous version, so if you dont save in your diary before you go to
bed, your game doesnt save.

Erase will allow you to remove one of the diary entries that you have
saved. Pick which file you want to have deleted and then press the A
button. You'll get a confirmation screen asking if you want to delete
that game. Choosing No will take you back to the Erase screen (which
you can back out of by pressing the B button). Choosing Yes deletes
the diary information.

Copy allows you to copy one diary file into the other. For example,
if you want to have a backup of your current game progress you can
choose to copy File1 into File2. That way if you screw up on your
first game, you have a copy of your earlier save.

*--------------------------------------------------------------------*
Part 1c - Starting Out
*--------------------------------------------------------------------*

After the point where you confirm your farmer's character information,
a scene will play with the Mayor talking with someone about the
village's problems and the idea of the amusement park. In walks your
farmer at that time and volunteers to take over the farm. The Mayor
gives you the 3 year time limit and sends you out into the village.

Each one of the villagers will give you some words of encouragement
and an item. The only houses you cant enter is the Mayor's house and
the Church. There is an old man who is guarding the village exit. If
you talk to him, he'll give you some information about the folks who
live in the village. He'll move once you've talked with everybody.

Ken - Carpenter Shop - Gives you Hammer tool and Ax tool
Mary - Library - Adds Q&A section to your system notebook
Rosie - Restaurant - Gives you a supply of food
Chet - Animal Shop - Talks about animals, gives you nothing
Doctor - Clinic - Tells you to come by when you're sick
Bill - Tool Shop - Gives you Hoe tool and Sickle tool
Daisy - Florist - Gives you Watering Can tool and seeds

Between the Church and the Florist is the Town Square. Up near the
Bulletin Board is Chocola, who asks if you like animals. She then asks
if you prefer dogs or cats. If you choose a dog, you can leave your
animals outside in the pasture at night and they wont become grumpy.
If you choose a cat, it will randomly pick up seeds you wouldnt
normally have access to (more info on seeds in Part 2a). After
choosing a pet, you can read the messages on the Bulletin Board. The
board is a good source of basic information.

Once you leave the village you'll appear inside your farmhouse. You
then discover where your diary is located (right next to your bed). Go
to bed and in the morning you'll have a note waiting for you. It's
from the Buyer, who says he'll pick up your shipped goods at 5PM every
day. After reading then note they'll be a noise outside your door.
Chocola has left you a pet (either a dog or a cat depending on what
you told her). After that you're ready to take on the farm.

*hint* - Depending on what gender you pick determines how much money
you have at the beginning. The boy will have 500G and the girl will
have 1000G. If you check below the clock in your farmhouse you'll find
another 1000G.

*--------------------------------------------------------------------*
Part 2 - The Village
*--------------------------------------------------------------------*

Flower Bud Village consists of 9 buildings and the Town Square. The
houses are placed in a 3 x 3 grid pattern, with access to the Town
Square located between the Church and the Florist shop.

--------------------------------------
| Mayor | Church | Florist |
--------------------------------------
| Carpenter | Clinic | Tools |
--------------------------------------
| Library | Restaurant | Animals |
--------------------------------------

The only two buildings you cant enter are the Mayor's house and the
Church. Later on the 15th of Spring Cain will arrive at the village
and open the Church up. After that you can go to the Church and pray
to the Harvest Goddess. The Church is also the only building that is
open on Sundays; the rest of the shops are open Monday through
Saturday, 6AM to 6PM.

*--------------------------------------------------------------------*
Part 2a - Florist
*--------------------------------------------------------------------*

Daisy is in charge of the Florist shop, where you go to buy seeds for
crops and flowers, and pots for the Hot House (see Part 4f). Depending
on what gender you chose your farmer to be, she will sell different
seeds. Daisy will always sell some seeds year round, like flower,
herb, and grass seed. Besides having the gender-specific seasonal
seeds, there are some that both genders can have. Each pack of seeds
will sow a 3 x 3 grid of tilled land, so you dont need to buy 1 pack
of seeds to plant in one square of dirt.

------------------------------------
| Spring | Boy | Turnip | 120G |
| | Girl | Potato | 150G |
| | Both | Asparagus | 300G |
------------------------------------
| Summer | Boy | Tomato | 200G |
| | Girl | Corn | 300G |
| | Both | Melon | 500G |
------------------------------------
| Fall | Boy | Peanut | 200G |
| | Girl | Eggplant | 150G |
| | Both | S.Potatoe | 180G |
------------------------------------
| Winter | Boy | Broccoli | 500G |
| | Girl | Carrot | 300G |
| | Both | Napa | 500G |
------------------------------------

Some plants will only produce one crop before you have to buy and
replant seeds. Others will take longer to initially produce crops,
but will reproduce all season long. Daisy will tell you which ones
reproduce when you go to purchase seeds.

One Time - Turnip, Potato, Asparagus, Eggplant, S.Potatoe, Carrot
Regrows - Tomato, Corn, Melon, Peanut, Broccoli, Napa

Daisy also sells flower and herb seeds depending on you gender. You
cant buy pots from her until after the Hot House has been built by
Ken. Each flower and herb seed will plant in one pot.

-----------------------------------
| Flower | Boy | Geranium | 100G |
| | Boy | Primrose | 300G |
| | Girl | Lavender | 100G |
| | Girl | Orchid | 300G |
-----------------------------------
| Herb | Boy | Sage | 100G |
| | Boy | Saffron | 100G |
| | Girl | Camomile | 150G |
| | Girl | Rosemary | 100G |
-----------------------------------
| Pots | Both | | 200G |
-----------------------------------
| Grass | Both | | 500G |
-----------------------------------

*--------------------------------------------------------------------*
Part 2b - Church
*--------------------------------------------------------------------*

When you first start the game the Church is not open. On the 15th of
Spring Cain will arrive at the church to be the new minister. After
the 15th you can then go to the church and pray to the Harvest
Goddess. After the 3 years are up, there will be a Music Mode in
the Church. You can choose to listen to 52 different sounds. Selection
1 through 19 are music from the game, and 20 through 52 are sound
effects.

*--------------------------------------------------------------------*
Part 2c - Mayor's House
*--------------------------------------------------------------------*

The Mayor will stand outside his house year round, except for when the
weather is bad. If you talk to him he'll give you some compliments. If
you talk to him at the beginning of each new year during the New Year
Festival, he'll give you money.

*--------------------------------------------------------------------*
Part 2d - Carpenter Shop
*--------------------------------------------------------------------*

Some components of your farm need to be built in order to use them.
Ken is the fellow you want to talk to if you want anything build. He
will build 2 house expansion, the Hot House, Sheep Pen, and the
Bridge. If you want him to build you anything, visit his shop and pick
what you want him to build. He'll close down his shop for the rest of
the day and then visit you the next morning at your farm. He'll tell
you the requirements for what you have asked him to build and if you
want him to start. If you choose No he'll just go back to his shop. If
you choose Yes he'll get started on building your item and he'll take
your money and wood. The finishing date will also appear in your
system notebook in your schedule.

-------------------------------------------------------
| Bridge | 200 Wood | 10000G | 3 days |
-------------------------------------------------------
| Second Home Expansion | 300 Wood | 30000G | 3 days |
-------------------------------------------------------
| Hot House | 600 Wood | 50000G | 5 days |
-------------------------------------------------------
| Sheep Pen | 800 Wood | 70000G | 8 days |
-------------------------------------------------------
| Third Home Expansion | 900 Wood | 100000G | 5 days |
-------------------------------------------------------

*hint* - You can use Ken to dispel storms and bad weather. If you
know that a storm will be coming the next day, you can go to Ken's
shop and ask him to give you an estimate the next day. Instead of
waking up to a storm the next morning, you'll wake up to Ken giving
you his building estimate. You can tell him No and then he'll go back
to his shop. This doesnt work once you have everything built though.

*--------------------------------------------------------------------*
Part 2e - Clinic
*--------------------------------------------------------------------*

The Doctor that runs the Clinic doesnt have a name of his own; he is
just referred to as "Doctor". Later in the Spring, second year, Nancy
the Nurse will arrive to help the Doctor out.

When you are out working on your farm while it's raining or showing
outside, there is a very good chance that you'll become sick. When you
go to bed that night and wake up the next day, you'll be too weak to
get out of bed and work on the farm. Instead you'll go back to sleep
and stay in bed for the rest of the day. That means that no one waters
your plants or feeds your animals. Instead of going to bed, head to
the Clinic if it isnt past 6PM. The Doctor or Nancy will take a look
at you and determine if you're healthy or if you're sick. If you do
end up sick, they will keep you at the Clinic overnight. You'll be
released the next morning and sent back to your farm.

Since you do stay the night at the Clinic, make sure that your daily
tasks are completed before heading there. For example, if you go
before you have fed your animals and you have to stay the night, your
animals will be grumpy when you get back to the farm. Also staying the
night at the clinic means that your game doesnt get saved. The only
place to save you game is at your diary or when you enter the Trade
Center in Mary's library.

*--------------------------------------------------------------------*
Part 2f - Tool Shop
*--------------------------------------------------------------------*

Bill is in charge of the Tool Shop. He also has a twin brother named
Will, who will hang out in the Town Square from time to time. It's
easy to mix the two up. An easy way to remember is that Bill has pink
hair (a B sort of looks like a P in pink) and Will has green hair.

Bill and Will are inventors, and will make machines that you can use
on your farm. They build the Cheese, Butter, Yarn, and Knitwear
machines. The Cheese and Butter machines will appear at his shop once
you have 4 cows producing large milk. The Yarn and Knitwear machines
should appear once you have 4 adult sheep and you have developed a
good friendship with Bill.

Bill also sells the mini games once you have discovered them. They
will also upgrade your tools on your birthday or when you have
completed an event with them. One of the tools they upgrade soon after
you begin is the Watering Can, which becomes the Sprinkler once you
have shipped enough pieces of produce. You can go back to Bill's shop
every so often to see if it is available to buy.

Some tools wont appear at his shop until certain requirements are met.
Besides the Butter, Cheese, Yarn, and Knitwear machines there are also
the Saddle and Scissors that wont appear. The Saddle will appear after
your horse has become an adult {Spring, second year). The Scissors
wont appear until after you have had Ken build the Hot House.

--------------------------------------------------------
| Fishing Pole | 2000G | Needed to catch fish |
--------------------------------------------------------
| Bug Net | 500G | Collect info for Bug Books |
--------------------------------------------------------
| Milker | 1800G | Used to milk cows |
--------------------------------------------------------
| Clippers | 2000G | Used to sheer sheep |
--------------------------------------------------------
| Sprinkler | 2000G | Watering Can upgrade |
--------------------------------------------------------
| Saddle | 1000G | Available second Spring |
--------------------------------------------------------
| Scissors | 1200G | Pick flowers in Hot House |
--------------------------------------------------------
| Cheese Maker | 30000G | Makes Cheese |
--------------------------------------------------------
| Butter Maker | 30000G | Makes Butter |
--------------------------------------------------------
| Yarn Maker | 30000G | Makes Yarn |
--------------------------------------------------------
| Knitwear Maker | 30000G | Makes Knitwear |
--------------------------------------------------------
| Mole Bash | 3480G | Mole Bash game |
--------------------------------------------------------
| Horse Race | 3480G | Horse Racing game |
--------------------------------------------------------
| Puzzle | 3480G | Slide Puzzle game |
--------------------------------------------------------

*--------------------------------------------------------------------*
Part 2g - Animal Shop
*--------------------------------------------------------------------*

The owner of the animal shop is Chet, who loves to take care of
animals. He will sell you your animals and the products needed to take
care of them.

Chet is very picky when it comes to selling you animals. You need to
have the required amounts of grass growing back behind each animal's
barn. You need to have planted at least 6 bags of grass seed to buy a
cow, 9 bags planted for chickens, and at least 16 bags for sheep. The
sheep pasture behind the sheep pen need to be completely covered in
grass (save for perhaps a few squares of bare ground). Each time you
buy an animal species for the first time Chet will also give you an
item you can use to bring the animals out to their pasture and back
into their barn. The cows have a Bell, the chickens have a Whistle,
and the sheep have a Horn.

He also sells the Magic Potions that you'll use if you want to
produce offspring from your sheep and cows. Chickens multiply easy -
just take an egg and put it in the incubator. Cows and Sheep need a
Magic Potion sold by Chet in order for them to become pregnant.

If you run out of fodder for your animals, he also sells bags of feed.
He will only sell 1 of each type at a time, so you have to use up
what you have before he'll sell another bag. Each bag of feed holds 12
pieces of fodder. So for example if you had 3 cows, your bag of feed
would last four days. If you had 4 cows, it would last three days.

Your cows and sheep can get sick if you dont feed them. You can tell
the difference between a healthy and sick animal by it's color. Sick
animals have a lot of green color on them and their faces look sad.
You can buy Cow and Sheep Medicine from Chet. If you dont cure your
animals they'll die.

--------------------------
| Medium Cow | 5000G |
--------------------------
| Chicken | 1000G |
--------------------------
| Medium Sheep | 5000G |
--------------------------
| Brush | 800G |
--------------------------
| Shampoo | 1000G |
--------------------------
| Cow Feed | 500G |
--------------------------
| Chicken Feed | 700G |
--------------------------
| Sheep Feed | 1000G |
--------------------------
| Cow Medicine | 1000G |
--------------------------
| Sheep Medicine | 1500G |
--------------------------
| Cow M.Potion | 4000G |
--------------------------
| Sheep M.Potion | 4500G |
--------------------------

Chet is the only shop keeper who will buy items from you. If you have
an animal you dont want anymore, or you want to make room for an
expected mother, you can sell him one of your animals. He'll pay a
different price depending on the size of the animal. So a large sheep
will fetch a better price then a lamb.

---------------------------
| Calf | 2500G |
---------------------------
| Medium Cow | 3000G |
---------------------------
| Adult Cow | 5000G |
---------------------------
| Chick | 500G |
---------------------------
| Chicken | 500G |
---------------------------
| Golden Chicken | 10000G |
---------------------------
| Lamb | 2500G |
---------------------------
| Medium Sheep | 3000G |
---------------------------
| Adult Sheep | 5000G |
---------------------------

*--------------------------------------------------------------------*
Part 2h - Restaurant
*--------------------------------------------------------------------*

Your farmer needs to eat in order to survive. If you dont eat, you
dont have any energy to work on your fields. Rosie runs the Restaurant
where you will purchase your food. She sells food in packs of 10 and
also some she sells as singles. The Lunch Set and Drink Set are what
you buy to take back to your farm and eat. You can tell how much food
you have left by going inside your farmhouse and looking at your
stove, which is in the lower right corner.

Rosie sells Orange Juice, Apple Juice, Daily Special, and Cake. Those
four items immediately replenish some health when you buy them. If
your farmer becomes too weak to work, you can go to the Restaurant and
buy one of each. Your stamina will be back up to 100% and you can
continue to work again.

On the 2nd of Summer, third year, Rosie's sister Chocola will take
over the Restaurant. She will sell the same things that Rosie did.

------------------------
| Lunch Set | 100G |
------------------------
| Drink Set | 100G |
------------------------
| Apple Juice | 50G |
------------------------
| Orange Juice | 20G |
------------------------
| Daily Special | 50G |
------------------------
| Cake | 20G |
------------------------

*--------------------------------------------------------------------*
Part 2i - Library
*--------------------------------------------------------------------*

The Library holds a lot of information that you have gathered. Mary,
who runs the Library, has picture books with every kind of bug, fish,
and flower/herb you have grown. The computer used to trade with your
friends is also located here (see Part 6) and so is the Photo Album.
You can print out any of the picture information in the books by using
your Gameboy Printer.

Every time you catch a bug, fish, or bloom a flower for the first time
it's picture and name is categorized into a book in the Library. There
is a book for bugs, fish, and plants. Crops that you grow arent put in
the plants book - only the flowers and herbs that you grow inside the
Hot House.

The Photo Album keeps a record of the pictures that you have collected
so far. There are 7 pictures total and you can get one if you
participate in certain events.

-----------------------------------------------------------------
| Cherry Blossoms | Flower Viewing Festival | 25th Spring |
-----------------------------------------------------------------
| Moon Viewing | Moon Viewing Festival | 10th Fall |
-----------------------------------------------------------------
| Harvest Festival | Harvest Festival | 25th Fall |
-----------------------------------------------------------------
| Celebration | 4th year New Year's Festival | 1st Spring |
-----------------------------------------------------------------
| Snowball Fight | 3rd year first Sunday | Winter |
-----------------------------------------------------------------
| Record Fast Time | Cherry Cup - second year | 15th Spring |
-----------------------------------------------------------------
| Birthday | Your first birthday party | varies |
-----------------------------------------------------------------

The Japanese version of Harvest Moon 2 (Bokujo Monogatari 2) had a
more detailed bug, fish, and plant book. Each page would tell you the
name of each item and what category it belong to. So a "Aniyasoma" was
under the category "Tosobo" (Dragonfly). The English version has
simplified the books. The only detail now is the name of the object on
the page. Information on bugs can be found in Part 3a. Information on
fish can be found in Part 4g.

*--------------------------------------------------------------------*
Part 2j - Town Square